1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
132 /// return the declaration of that type.
133 ///
134 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
135 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
136 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
137 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
138 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
139 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
140                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
141                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
142                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
143                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
144                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
145                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
146   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
147   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
148   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
149     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
150     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
151       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
152   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
153     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
154 
155     if (!LookupCtx) {
156       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
157         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
158         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
159         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
160         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
161         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
162         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
163         //
164         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
165         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
166         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
167           return ParsedType();
168 
169         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
170         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
171         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
172           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
173 
174         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
175         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
176                                        II, NameLoc);
177         return ParsedType::make(T);
178       }
179 
180       return ParsedType();
181     }
182 
183     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
184         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
185       return ParsedType();
186   }
187 
188   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
189   // lookup for class-names.
190   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
191                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
192   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
193   if (LookupCtx) {
194     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
195     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
196     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
197     // nested-name-specifier.
198     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
199 
200     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
201       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
202       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
203       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
204       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
205       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
206       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
207       LookupName(Result, S);
208     }
209   } else {
210     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
211     LookupName(Result, S);
212   }
213 
214   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
215   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
216   case LookupResult::NotFound:
217   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
218     if (CorrectedII) {
219       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
220       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
221                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator,
222                                               CTK_ErrorRecovery);
223       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
224       TemplateTy Template;
225       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
226       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
227       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
228       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
229       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
230       if (SS && NNS) {
231         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
232         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
233       }
234       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
235           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
236           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
237           // is handled elsewhere).
238           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
239             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
240                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
241         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
242                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
243                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
244                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
245         if (Ty) {
246           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
247                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
248                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
249           if (SS && NNS)
250             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
251           *CorrectedII = NewII;
252           return Ty;
253         }
254       }
255     }
256     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
257   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
258   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
259     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
260     return ParsedType();
261 
262   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
263     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
264     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
265     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
266     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
267     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
268     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
269       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
270       return ParsedType();
271     }
272 
273     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
274     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
275          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
276       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
277         if (!IIDecl ||
278             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
279               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
280           IIDecl = *Res;
281       }
282     }
283 
284     if (!IIDecl) {
285       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
286       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
287       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
288       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
289       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
290       // a type name.
291       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
292       return ParsedType();
293     }
294 
295     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
296     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
297     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
298     // perform the name lookup again.
299     break;
300 
301   case LookupResult::Found:
302     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
303     break;
304   }
305 
306   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
307 
308   QualType T;
309   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
310     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
311 
312     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
313 
314     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
315     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
316     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
317     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
318       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
319         // Construct a type with type-source information.
320         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
321         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
322 
323         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
324         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
325         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
326         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
327         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
328       } else {
329         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
330       }
331     }
332   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
333     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
334     if (!HasTrailingDot)
335       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
336   }
337 
338   if (T.isNull()) {
339     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
340     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
341     return ParsedType();
342   }
343   return ParsedType::make(T);
344 }
345 
346 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
347 static NestedNameSpecifier *
348 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
349   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
350     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
351     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
352     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
353       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
354     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
355       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
356                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
357     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
358       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
359   }
360   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
361 }
362 
363 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
364                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
365   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
366   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
367   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
368 
369   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
370   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
371   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
372   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
373       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
374   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
375 
376   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
377   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
378   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
379   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
380   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
381 
382   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
383   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
384   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
385   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
386   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
387   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
388 }
389 
390 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
391 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
392 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
393 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
394 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
395 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
396   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
397   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
398   LookupName(R, S, false);
399   R.suppressDiagnostics();
400   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
401     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
402       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
403       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
404       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
405       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
406       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
407       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
408       }
409     }
410 
411   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
412 }
413 
414 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
415 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
416 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
417 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
418 /// @code
419 /// template<class T> class A {
420 /// public:
421 ///   typedef int TYPE;
422 /// };
423 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
424 /// public:
425 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
426 /// };
427 /// @endcode
428 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
429   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
430     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
431 
432     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
433     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
434       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
435         return true;
436     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
437   }
438   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
439 }
440 
441 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
442                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
443                                    Scope *S,
444                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
445                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
446                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
447   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
448   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
449 
450   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
451   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
452   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
453   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
454                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
455                                              Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
456     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
457       // We corrected to a keyword.
458       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
459       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
460     } else {
461       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
462       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
463         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
464                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
465       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
466         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
467         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
468                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
469         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
470                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
471                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
472       } else {
473         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
474       }
475 
476       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
477       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
478         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
479                           SourceRange(IILoc));
480       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
481                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
482                                   false, ParsedType(),
483                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
484                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
485     }
486     return;
487   }
488 
489   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
490     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
491     UnqualifiedId Name;
492     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
493     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
494     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
495     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
496     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
497                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
498                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
499       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
500       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
501       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
502         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
503           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
504       }
505       return;
506     }
507   }
508 
509   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
510   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
511 
512   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
513     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
514   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
515     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
516       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
517   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
518     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
519     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
520       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
521 
522     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
523       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
524       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
525       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
526     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
527                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
528   } else {
529     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
530            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
531   }
532 }
533 
534 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
535 /// or
536 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
537   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
538                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
539 
540   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
541     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
542       return true;
543 
544     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
545       return true;
546   }
547 
548   return false;
549 }
550 
551 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
552                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
553                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
554                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
555   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
556   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
557   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
558     StringRef FixItTagName;
559     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
560       case TTK_Class:
561         FixItTagName = "class ";
562         break;
563 
564       case TTK_Enum:
565         FixItTagName = "enum ";
566         break;
567 
568       case TTK_Struct:
569         FixItTagName = "struct ";
570         break;
571 
572       case TTK_Interface:
573         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
574         break;
575 
576       case TTK_Union:
577         FixItTagName = "union ";
578         break;
579     }
580 
581     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
582     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
583       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
584       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
585 
586     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
587          I != IEnd; ++I)
588       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
589         << Name << TagName;
590 
591     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
592     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
593     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
594     return true;
595   }
596 
597   return false;
598 }
599 
600 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
601 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
602                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
603   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
604 
605   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
606   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
607 
608   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
609   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
610   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
611   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
612   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
613 }
614 
615 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
616                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
617                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
618                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
619                                             const Token &NextToken,
620                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
621                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
622   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
623   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
624 
625   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
626     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
627                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
628   }
629 
630   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
631   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
632 
633   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
634   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
635   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
636   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
637   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
638     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
639     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
640       return E;
641   }
642 
643   bool SecondTry = false;
644   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
645 
646 Corrected:
647   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
648   case LookupResult::NotFound:
649     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
650     // call.
651     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
652       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
653       // FIXME: Reference?
654       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
655         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
656 
657       // C90 6.3.2.2:
658       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
659       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
660       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
661       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
662       //   the function call, the declaration
663       //
664       //     extern int identifier ();
665       //
666       //   appeared.
667       //
668       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
669       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
670         Result.addDecl(D);
671         Result.resolveKind();
672         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
673       }
674     }
675 
676     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
677     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
678     // "struct", or "union".
679     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
680         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
681       break;
682     }
683 
684     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
685     // close to this name.
686     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
687       SecondTry = true;
688       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
689                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
690                                                  &SS, *CCC,
691                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
692         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
693         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
694 
695         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
696         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
697           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
698         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
699             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
700           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
701           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
702         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
703                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
704                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
705                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
706           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
707           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
708         }
709 
710         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
711           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
712         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
713           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
714           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
715                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
716           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
717                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
718                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
719         }
720 
721         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
722         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
723 
724         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
725         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
726           return Name;
727 
728         // Also update the LookupResult...
729         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
730         Result.clear();
731         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
732         if (FirstDecl)
733           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
734 
735         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
736         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
737         // reference the ivar.
738         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
739         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
740           Result.clear();
741           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
742           return E;
743         }
744 
745         goto Corrected;
746       }
747     }
748 
749     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
750     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
751     return NameClassification::Unknown();
752 
753   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
754     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
755     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
756     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
757 
758     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
759     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
760     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
761     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
762     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
763     //
764     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
765     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
766     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
767     // keyword here.
768     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
769                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
770                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
771   }
772 
773   case LookupResult::Found:
774   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
775   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
776     break;
777 
778   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
779     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
780         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
781       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
782       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
783       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
784       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
785       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
786       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
787       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
788       //   ambiguous.
789       //
790       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
791       // so try again after filtering out template names.
792       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
793       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
794         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
795         break;
796       }
797     }
798 
799     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
800     return NameClassification::Error();
801   }
802 
803   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
804       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
805     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
806     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
807     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
808     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
809     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
810     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
811     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
812       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
813 
814     if (!Result.empty()) {
815       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
816       bool IsVarTemplate;
817       TemplateName Template;
818       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
819         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
820         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
821                                                      Result.end());
822       } else {
823         TemplateDecl *TD
824           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
825         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
826         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
827 
828         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
829           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
830                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
831                                                       TD);
832         else
833           Template = TemplateName(TD);
834       }
835 
836       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
837         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
838         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
839         // to based on which function we selected.
840         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
841 
842         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
843       }
844 
845       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
846                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
847     }
848   }
849 
850   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
851   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
852     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
853     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
854     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
855       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
856     return ParsedType::make(T);
857   }
858 
859   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
860   if (!Class) {
861     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
862     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
863             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
864       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
865   }
866 
867   if (Class) {
868     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
869 
870     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
871       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
872       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
873       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
874       return NameClassification::Unknown();
875     }
876 
877     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
878     return ParsedType::make(T);
879   }
880 
881   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
882   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
883     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
884         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
885 
886   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
887   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
888   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
889   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
890        (NextIsOp &&
891         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
892       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
893     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
894     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
895     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
896     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
897       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
898     return ParsedType::make(T);
899   }
900 
901   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
902     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
903                                            nullptr);
904 
905   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
906   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
907 }
908 
909 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
910 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
911 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
912 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
913 
914   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
915   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
916   // the context we'll need to return to.
917   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
918   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
919   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
920   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
921   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
922   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
923   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
924   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
925   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
926   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
927     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
928 
929     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
930     // lexical context.
931     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
932       return DC;
933 
934     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
935     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
936     // class is the context we need to return to.
937     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
938       DC = RD;
939 
940     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
941     // declared in.
942     return DC;
943   }
944 
945   return DC->getLexicalParent();
946 }
947 
948 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
949   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
950       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
951   CurContext = DC;
952   S->setEntity(DC);
953 }
954 
955 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
956   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
957 
958   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
959   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
960 }
961 
962 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
963 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
964 ///
965 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
966   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
967   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
968   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
969   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
970   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
971   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
972   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
973   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
974   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
975   //   namespace.
976   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
977   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
978   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
979   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
980   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
981 
982   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
983 
984 #ifndef NDEBUG
985   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
986   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
987   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
988 #endif
989 
990   CurContext = DC;
991   S->setEntity(DC);
992 }
993 
994 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
995   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
996 
997   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
998   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
999   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1000   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1001   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1002 
1003   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1004   // disappear.
1005 }
1006 
1007 
1008 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1009   // We assume that the caller has already called
1010   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1011   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1012   if (!FD)
1013     return;
1014 
1015   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1016   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1017   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1018     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1019   CurContext = FD;
1020   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1021 
1022   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1023     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1024     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1025     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1026       S->AddDecl(Param);
1027       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1028     }
1029   }
1030 }
1031 
1032 
1033 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1034   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1035   // rather than the top-level class.
1036   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1037   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1038   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1039 }
1040 
1041 
1042 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1043 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1044 ///
1045 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1046 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1047 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1048 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1049 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1050 /// attribute.
1051 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1052                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1053   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1054     return true;
1055 
1056   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1057     return true;
1058 
1059   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1060           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1061 }
1062 
1063 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1064 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1065   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1066   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1067   // scope.
1068   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1069     S = S->getParent();
1070 
1071   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1072   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1073   // into any context.
1074   if (AddToContext)
1075     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1076 
1077   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1078   // are function-local declarations.
1079   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1080       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1081         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1082       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1083     return;
1084 
1085   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1086   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1087       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1088     return;
1089 
1090   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1091   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1092                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1093   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1094     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1095       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1096       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1097 
1098       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1099       break;
1100     }
1101   }
1102 
1103   S->AddDecl(D);
1104 
1105   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1106     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1107     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1108     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1109     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1110       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1111       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1112         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1113           continue;
1114       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1115         break;
1116     }
1117 
1118     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1119   } else {
1120     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1121   }
1122 }
1123 
1124 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1125   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1126     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1127 }
1128 
1129 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1130                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1131   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1132 }
1133 
1134 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1135   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1136   do {
1137     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1138       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1139         return S;
1140   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1141 
1142   return nullptr;
1143 }
1144 
1145 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1146                                             DeclContext*,
1147                                             ASTContext&);
1148 
1149 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1150 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1151 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1152                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1153                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1154   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1155   while (F.hasNext()) {
1156     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1157 
1158     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1159       continue;
1160 
1161     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1162       continue;
1163 
1164     F.erase();
1165   }
1166 
1167   F.done();
1168 }
1169 
1170 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1171   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1172          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1173          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1174 }
1175 
1176 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1177 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1178   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1179   while (F.hasNext())
1180     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1181       F.erase();
1182 
1183   F.done();
1184 }
1185 
1186 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1187 /// @code
1188 /// class S {
1189 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1190 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1191 /// };
1192 /// @endcode
1193 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1194   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1195   // the decl here.
1196   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1197     return false;
1198 
1199   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1200     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1201   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1202     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1203   return false;
1204 }
1205 
1206 // We need this to handle
1207 //
1208 // typedef struct {
1209 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1210 // } A;
1211 //
1212 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1213 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1214 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1215 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1216 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1217 // not.
1218 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1219   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1220   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1221     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1222       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1223         return true;
1224     }
1225     DC = DC->getParent();
1226   }
1227 
1228   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1229 }
1230 
1231 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1232 // these semantics.
1233 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1234   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1235     return false;
1236   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1237 }
1238 
1239 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1240   assert(D);
1241 
1242   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1243     return false;
1244 
1245   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1246   // of members of class templates.
1247   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1248       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1249     return false;
1250 
1251   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1252     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1253       return false;
1254 
1255     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1256       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1257         return false;
1258     } else {
1259       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1260       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1261         return false;
1262     }
1263 
1264     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1265         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1266       return false;
1267   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1268     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1269     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1270     // like "inline".)
1271     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1272       return false;
1273 
1274     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1275       return false;
1276 
1277     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1278         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1279       return false;
1280   } else {
1281     return false;
1282   }
1283 
1284   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1285   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1286   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1287   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1288 }
1289 
1290 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1291   if (!D)
1292     return;
1293 
1294   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1295     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1296     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1297       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1298   }
1299 
1300   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1301     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1302     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1303       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1304   }
1305 
1306   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1307     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1308 }
1309 
1310 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1311   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1312     return false;
1313 
1314   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1315       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1316     return false;
1317 
1318   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1319     return true;
1320 
1321   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1322   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1323       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1324     return false;
1325 
1326   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1327   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1328 
1329     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1330     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1331 
1332     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1333     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1334       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1335         return false;
1336     }
1337 
1338     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1339     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1340     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1341       return false;
1342 
1343     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1344       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1345       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1346         return false;
1347 
1348       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1349         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1350           return false;
1351 
1352         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1353           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1354                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1355             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1356           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1357             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1358           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1359             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1360             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1361               return false;
1362           }
1363         }
1364       }
1365     }
1366 
1367     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1368   }
1369 
1370   return true;
1371 }
1372 
1373 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1374                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1375   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1376     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1377                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1378     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1379       return;
1380     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1381                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1382   }
1383   return;
1384 }
1385 
1386 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1387 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1388 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1389   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1390     return;
1391 
1392   FixItHint Hint;
1393   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1394 
1395   unsigned DiagID;
1396   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1397     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1398   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1399     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1400   else
1401     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1402 
1403   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1404 }
1405 
1406 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1407   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1408   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1409   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1410   if (L->getStmt() == nullptr)
1411     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1412 }
1413 
1414 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1415   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1416 
1417   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1418   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1419          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1420 
1421   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1422     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1423 
1424     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1425     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1426 
1427     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1428 
1429     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1430     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1431       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1432 
1433     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1434     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1435       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1436 
1437     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1438     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1439   }
1440 }
1441 
1442 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1443 ///
1444 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1445 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1446 /// to the fixed name.
1447 ///
1448 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1449 ///
1450 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1451 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1452 ///
1453 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1454 /// class could not be found.
1455 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1456                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1457                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1458   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1459   // creation from this context.
1460   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1461 
1462   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1463     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1464     // find an Objective-C class name.
1465     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1466     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1467                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1468                                        Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1469       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1470       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1471       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1472     }
1473   }
1474   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1475   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1476   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1477       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1478   return Def;
1479 }
1480 
1481 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1482 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1483 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1484 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1485 /// ill-formed in C++:
1486 /// @code
1487 /// struct S6 {
1488 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1489 /// };
1490 ///
1491 /// void test_S6() {
1492 ///   struct S6 a;
1493 ///   a.e = BAR;
1494 /// }
1495 /// @endcode
1496 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1497 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1498 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1499 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1500 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1501 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1502 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1503 /// contain non-field names.
1504 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1505   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1506          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1507          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1508     S = S->getParent();
1509   return S;
1510 }
1511 
1512 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1513 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1514 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1515 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1516 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1517                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1518   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1519     return;
1520   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1521 
1522   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1523                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1524   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1525   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1526     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1527       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1528 }
1529 
1530 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1531 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1532 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1533 /// built-in.
1534 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1535                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1536                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1537   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1538 
1539   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1540 
1541   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1542   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1543   switch (Error) {
1544   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1545     // Okay
1546     break;
1547 
1548   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1549     if (ForRedeclaration)
1550       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1551         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1552     return nullptr;
1553 
1554   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1555     if (ForRedeclaration)
1556       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1557         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1558     return nullptr;
1559 
1560   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1561     if (ForRedeclaration)
1562       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1563         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1564     return nullptr;
1565   }
1566 
1567   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1568     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1569       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1570       << R;
1571     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1572         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1573       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1574         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1575         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1576   }
1577 
1578   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1579   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1580     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1581         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1582                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1583     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1584     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1585     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1586   }
1587 
1588   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1589                                            Parent,
1590                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1591                                            SC_Extern,
1592                                            false,
1593                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1594   New->setImplicit();
1595 
1596   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1597   // FunctionDecl.
1598   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1599     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1600     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1601       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1602           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1603                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1604                               SC_None, nullptr);
1605       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1606       Params.push_back(parm);
1607     }
1608     New->setParams(Params);
1609   }
1610 
1611   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1612   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1613 
1614   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1615   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1616   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1617   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1618   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1619   CurContext = Parent;
1620   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1621   CurContext = SavedContext;
1622   return New;
1623 }
1624 
1625 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1626 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1627 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1628 /// entity.
1629 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1630                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1631                                               LookupResult &previous){
1632   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1633   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1634     return;
1635 
1636   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1637   if (previous.empty())
1638     return;
1639 
1640   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1641   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1642     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1643 
1644     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1645     if (!old->isHidden())
1646       continue;
1647 
1648     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1649       filter.erase();
1650   }
1651 
1652   filter.done();
1653 }
1654 
1655 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1656   QualType OldType;
1657   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1658     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1659   else
1660     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1661   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1662 
1663   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1664     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1665     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1666     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1667       << Kind << NewType;
1668     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1669       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1670     New->setInvalidDecl();
1671     return true;
1672   }
1673 
1674   if (OldType != NewType &&
1675       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1676       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1677       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1678     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1679     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1680       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1681     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1682       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1683     New->setInvalidDecl();
1684     return true;
1685   }
1686   return false;
1687 }
1688 
1689 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1690 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1691 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1692 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1693 ///
1694 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1695   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1696   // merging checks.
1697   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1698 
1699   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1700   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1701   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1702     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1703     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1704     default: break;
1705     case 2:
1706       {
1707         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1708           break;
1709         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1710         if (!T->isPointerType())
1711           break;
1712         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1713           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1714           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1715             break;
1716         }
1717         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1718         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1719         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1720         return;
1721       }
1722     case 5:
1723       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1724         break;
1725       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1726       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1727       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1728       return;
1729     case 3:
1730       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1731         break;
1732       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1733       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1734       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1735       return;
1736     }
1737     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1738   }
1739 
1740   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1741   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1742   if (!Old) {
1743     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1744       << New->getDeclName();
1745 
1746     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1747     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1748       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1749 
1750     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1751   }
1752 
1753   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1754   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1755     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1756 
1757   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1758   // with any extensions enabled.
1759   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1760     return;
1761 
1762   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1763   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1764   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1765     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1766     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1767   }
1768 
1769   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1770     return;
1771 
1772   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1773     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1774     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1775     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1776     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1777     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1778       return;
1779 
1780     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1781     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1782     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1783     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1784     //
1785     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1786     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1787     //
1788     //   struct S {
1789     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1790     //   };
1791     //
1792     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1793     // allow the above but disallow
1794     //
1795     //   struct S {
1796     //     typedef int I;
1797     //     typedef int I;
1798     //   };
1799     //
1800     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1801     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1802       return;
1803 
1804     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1805       << New->getDeclName();
1806     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1807     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1808   }
1809 
1810   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1811   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1812     return;
1813 
1814   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1815   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1816   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1817   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1818   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1819       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1820        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1821     return;
1822 
1823   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1824     << New->getDeclName();
1825   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1826   return;
1827 }
1828 
1829 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1830 /// attribute.
1831 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1832   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1833   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1834   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1835     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1836       if (Ann) {
1837         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1838           return true;
1839         continue;
1840       }
1841       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1842       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1843         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1844       return true;
1845     }
1846 
1847   return false;
1848 }
1849 
1850 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1851   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1852     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1853   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1854     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1855   return true;
1856 }
1857 
1858 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1859 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1860 ///
1861 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1862 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1863   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1864   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1865   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
1866   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
1867   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1868   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1869     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1870     // in a case like:
1871     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1872     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1873     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1874     // definition in such a case.
1875     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1876       return false;
1877 
1878     if (I->isAlignas())
1879       OldAlignasAttr = I;
1880 
1881     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1882     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1883       OldAlign = Align;
1884       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
1885     }
1886   }
1887 
1888   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1889   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
1890   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1891   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1892     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1893       return false;
1894 
1895     if (I->isAlignas())
1896       NewAlignasAttr = I;
1897 
1898     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1899     if (Align > NewAlign)
1900       NewAlign = Align;
1901   }
1902 
1903   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1904     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1905     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1906     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1907     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1908 
1909     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1910     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1911     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1912       QualType Ty;
1913       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1914         Ty = VD->getType();
1915       else
1916         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1917 
1918       if (OldAlign == 0)
1919         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1920       if (NewAlign == 0)
1921         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1922     }
1923 
1924     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1925       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1926         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1927         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1928       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1929     }
1930   }
1931 
1932   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1933     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1934     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1935     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1936     //   equivalent alignment.
1937     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1938     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1939     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1940     //   have no alignment specifier.
1941     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1942       << OldAlignasAttr;
1943     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1944       << OldAlignasAttr;
1945   }
1946 
1947   bool AnyAdded = false;
1948 
1949   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1950   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1951     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1952     Clone->setInherited(true);
1953     New->addAttr(Clone);
1954     AnyAdded = true;
1955   }
1956 
1957   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1958   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1959       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1960     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1961     Clone->setInherited(true);
1962     New->addAttr(Clone);
1963     AnyAdded = true;
1964   }
1965 
1966   return AnyAdded;
1967 }
1968 
1969 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
1970                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
1971   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
1972   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1973   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1974     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1975                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1976                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1977                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1978                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1979   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1980     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1981                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1982   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1983     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1984                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1985   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1986     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1987                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1988   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1989     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1990                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1991   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1992     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1993                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1994                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1995   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1996     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1997                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1998   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
1999     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2000                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2001                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2002   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2003     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2004     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2005     NewAttr = nullptr;
2006   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2007     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2008 
2009   if (NewAttr) {
2010     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2011     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2012     return true;
2013   }
2014 
2015   return false;
2016 }
2017 
2018 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2019   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2020     return TD->getDefinition();
2021   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2022     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2023     if (Def)
2024       return Def;
2025     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2026   }
2027   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2028     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2029     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2030       return Def;
2031   }
2032   return nullptr;
2033 }
2034 
2035 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2036   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2037     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2038       return true;
2039   return false;
2040 }
2041 
2042 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2043 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2044 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2045   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2046     return;
2047 
2048   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2049   if (!Def || Def == New)
2050     return;
2051 
2052   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2053   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2054     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2055 
2056     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2057       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2058         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2059       else {
2060         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2061         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2062                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2063                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2064                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2065         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2066         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2067         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2068       }
2069       ++I;
2070       continue;
2071     }
2072 
2073     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2074       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2075       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2076         ++I;
2077         continue;
2078       }
2079     }
2080 
2081     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2082       ++I;
2083       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2084     }
2085 
2086     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2087       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2088       ++I;
2089       continue;
2090     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2091       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2092         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2093         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2094         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2095         //   equivalent alignment.
2096         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2097         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2098         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2099         //   have no alignment specifier.
2100         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2101           << AA;
2102         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2103           << AA;
2104         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2105         --E;
2106         continue;
2107       }
2108     }
2109 
2110     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2111            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2112     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2113     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2114     --E;
2115   }
2116 }
2117 
2118 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2119 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2120                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2121   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2122     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2123     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2124     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2125   }
2126 
2127   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2128     return;
2129 
2130   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2131   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2132 
2133   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2134     return;
2135 
2136   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2137 
2138   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2139   // we process them.
2140   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2141 
2142   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2143     bool Override = false;
2144     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2145     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2146         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2147         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2148       switch (AMK) {
2149       case AMK_None:
2150         continue;
2151 
2152       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2153         break;
2154 
2155       case AMK_Override:
2156         Override = true;
2157         break;
2158       }
2159     }
2160 
2161     // Already handled.
2162     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2163       continue;
2164 
2165     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2166       foundAny = true;
2167   }
2168 
2169   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2170     foundAny = true;
2171 
2172   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2173 }
2174 
2175 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2176 /// to the new one.
2177 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2178                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2179                                      Sema &S) {
2180   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2181   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2182   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2183   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2184   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2185   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2186     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2187            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2188     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2189     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2190     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2191       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2192     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2193       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2194     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2195            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2196   }
2197 
2198   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2199     return;
2200 
2201   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2202 
2203   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2204   // done before we process them.
2205   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2206 
2207   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2208     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2209       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2210         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2211       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2212       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2213       foundAny = true;
2214     }
2215   }
2216 
2217   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2218 }
2219 
2220 namespace {
2221 
2222 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2223 /// C.
2224 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2225   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2226   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2227   QualType PromotedType;
2228 };
2229 
2230 }
2231 
2232 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2233 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2234   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2235     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2236       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2237 
2238     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2239       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2240 
2241     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2242       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2243   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2244     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2245   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2246     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2247   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2248     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2249   }
2250 
2251   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2252 }
2253 
2254 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2255 // declaration, or a declaration.
2256 template <typename T>
2257 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2258 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2259   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2260   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2261   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2262     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2263   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2264     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2265     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2266       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2267   } else
2268     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2269   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2270 }
2271 
2272 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2273 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2274 /// GNU89 mode.
2275 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2276                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2277   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2278           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2279           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2280           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2281 }
2282 
2283 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2284   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2285   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2286     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2287   return AT;
2288 }
2289 
2290 template <typename T>
2291 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2292   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2293   if (DC->isRecord())
2294     return false;
2295 
2296   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2297   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2298     return true;
2299   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2300     return true;
2301   return false;
2302 }
2303 
2304 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2305 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2306 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2307 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2308 ///
2309 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2310 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2311 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2312 /// merged with.
2313 ///
2314 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2315 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2316                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2317   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2318   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2319   if (!Old) {
2320     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2321       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2322         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2323         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2324              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2325         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2326              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2327         return true;
2328       }
2329 
2330       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2331       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2332       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2333       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2334       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2335 
2336       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2337       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2338       if (Old &&
2339           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2340               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2341           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2342         Old = nullptr;
2343 
2344       if (!Old) {
2345         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2346         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2347              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2348         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2349         return true;
2350       }
2351       OldD = Old;
2352     } else {
2353       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2354         << New->getDeclName();
2355       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2356       return true;
2357     }
2358   }
2359 
2360   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2361   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2362     return true;
2363 
2364   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2365   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2366   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2367       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2368 
2369   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2370   // is an extern inline function.
2371   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2372   // storage classes.
2373   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2374       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2375       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2376       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2377       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2378     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2379       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2380       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2381     } else {
2382       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2383       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2384       return true;
2385     }
2386   }
2387 
2388 
2389   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2390   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2391   // convention of the first.
2392   //
2393   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2394   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2395   //
2396   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2397   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2398   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2399   //
2400   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2401   // other tests to run.
2402   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2403   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2404   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2405   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2406   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2407   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2408   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2409 
2410   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2411     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2412     const FunctionType *FT =
2413         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2414     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2415     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2416     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2417       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2418       // there but not here.
2419       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2420       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2421     } else {
2422       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2423       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2424       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2425         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2426         << !FirstCCExplicit
2427         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2428             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2429 
2430       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2431       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2432       return true;
2433     }
2434   }
2435 
2436   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2437   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2438     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2439     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2440   }
2441 
2442   // Merge regparm attribute.
2443   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2444       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2445     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2446       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2447         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2448         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2449       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2450       return true;
2451     }
2452 
2453     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2454     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2455   }
2456 
2457   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2458   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2459     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2460       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2461       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2462       return true;
2463     }
2464 
2465     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2466     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2467   }
2468 
2469   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2470     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2471     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2472     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2473     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2474     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2475   }
2476 
2477   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2478   // UndefinedButUsed.
2479   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2480       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2481       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2482       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2483       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2484     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2485                                            SourceLocation()));
2486 
2487   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2488   // about it.
2489   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2490       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2491     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2492   }
2493 
2494   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2495     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2496     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2497     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2498     //        cannot be overloaded.
2499 
2500     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2501     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2502     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2503     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2504     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2505     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2506         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2507              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2508              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2509     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2510         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2511              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2512              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2513     QualType ResQT;
2514     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2515         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2516           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2517       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2518           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2519         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2520       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2521         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2522           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2523                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2524         else
2525           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2526         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2527         return true;
2528       }
2529       else
2530         NewQType = ResQT;
2531     }
2532 
2533     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2534     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2535     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2536       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2537       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2538       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2539       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2540         New->setType(
2541             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2542                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2543                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2544         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2545             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2546                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2547                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2548       }
2549     }
2550 
2551     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2552     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2553     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2554       // Preserve triviality.
2555       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2556 
2557       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2558       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2559       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2560       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2561                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2562                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2563       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2564 
2565       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2566           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2567         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2568         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2569         //       is a static member function declaration.
2570         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2571           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2572           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2573           return true;
2574         }
2575 
2576         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2577         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2578         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2579         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2580         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2581           unsigned NewDiag;
2582           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2583             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2584           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2585             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2586           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2587             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2588           else
2589             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2590 
2591           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2592         } else {
2593           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2594             << New << New->getType();
2595         }
2596         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2597 
2598       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2599       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2600       //
2601       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2602       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2603       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2604         if (isFriend) {
2605           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2606         } else {
2607           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2608                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2609             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2610           return true;
2611         }
2612       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2613         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2614              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2615           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2616         return true;
2617       }
2618     }
2619 
2620     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2621     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2622     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2623     //   attribute.
2624     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2625     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2626       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2627       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2628            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2629     }
2630 
2631     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2632     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2633     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2634     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2635     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2636     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2637       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2638            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2639       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2640            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2641     }
2642 
2643     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2644     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2645     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2646     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2647 
2648     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2649     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2650     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2651       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2652       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2653         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2654       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2655       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2656     }
2657 
2658     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2659       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2660       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2661       //
2662       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2663       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2664       // linkage within class scope.
2665       //
2666       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2667       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2668         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2669         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2670       } else {
2671         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2672         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2673         return true;
2674       }
2675     }
2676 
2677     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2678       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2679 
2680     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2681         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2682       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2683       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2684       // when we instantiate the function.
2685       return false;
2686     }
2687 
2688     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2689   }
2690 
2691   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2692   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2693   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2694       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2695     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2696     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2697     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2698     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2699         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2700       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2701       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2702       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2703       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2704       NewQType =
2705           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2706                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2707       New->setType(NewQType);
2708       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2709 
2710       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2711       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2712       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2713         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2714                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2715                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2716                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2717         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2718         Param->setImplicit();
2719         Params.push_back(Param);
2720       }
2721 
2722       New->setParams(Params);
2723     }
2724 
2725     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2726   }
2727 
2728   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2729   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2730   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2731   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2732   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2733   // the prototype.
2734   //
2735   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2736   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2737   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2738   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2739   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2740       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2741       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2742       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2743     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2744     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2745     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2746       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2747     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2748       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2749 
2750     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2751     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2752                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2753     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2754     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2755          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2756       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2757       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2758       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2759                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2760         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2761       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2762                                             NewParm->getType(),
2763                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2764         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2765                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2766         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2767         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2768       } else
2769         LooseCompatible = false;
2770     }
2771 
2772     if (LooseCompatible) {
2773       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2774         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2775              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2776           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2777           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2778         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2779           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2780                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2781       }
2782 
2783       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2784         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2785                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2786       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2787     }
2788 
2789     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2790   }
2791 
2792   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2793   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2794 
2795   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2796   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2797   unsigned BuiltinID;
2798   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2799     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2800     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2801     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2802       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2803       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2804         << Old << Old->getType();
2805 
2806       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2807       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2808       //
2809       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2810       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2811       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2812       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2813       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2814       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2815         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2816 
2817       return false;
2818     }
2819 
2820     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2821   }
2822 
2823   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2824   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2825   return true;
2826 }
2827 
2828 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2829 /// known to be compatible.
2830 ///
2831 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2832 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2833 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2834 /// redeclaration of Old.
2835 ///
2836 /// \returns false
2837 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2838                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2839   // Merge the attributes
2840   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2841 
2842   // Merge "pure" flag.
2843   if (Old->isPure())
2844     New->setPure();
2845 
2846   // Merge "used" flag.
2847   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2848     New->setIsUsed();
2849 
2850   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2851   // declarations.
2852   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2853     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2854       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2855                                *this);
2856 
2857   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2858     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2859 
2860   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2861   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2862   // was visible.
2863   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2864   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2865     New->setType(Merged);
2866 
2867   return false;
2868 }
2869 
2870 
2871 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2872                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2873 
2874   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2875   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2876     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2877                                                    : AMK_Override;
2878   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2879 
2880   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2881   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2882                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2883   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2884          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2885        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2886     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2887 
2888   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2889 }
2890 
2891 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2892 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2893 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2894 ///
2895 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2896 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2897 /// is attached.
2898 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2899                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2900   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2901     return;
2902 
2903   QualType MergedT;
2904   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2905     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2906       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2907       return;
2908     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2909       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2910       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2911     }
2912     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2913     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2914     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2915     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2916     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2917     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2918              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2919       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2920       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2921       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2922                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2923         MergedT = New->getType();
2924     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2925                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2926       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2927       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2928       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2929                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2930         MergedT = Old->getType();
2931     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2932                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2933       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2934                                               Old->getType());
2935     }
2936   } else {
2937     // C 6.2.7p2:
2938     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2939     //   compatible type.
2940     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2941   }
2942   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2943     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2944     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2945     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2946     // equivalent.
2947     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2948     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2949          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2950       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2951       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2952       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2953       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2954         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2955       return;
2956     }
2957 
2958     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2959     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2960     //
2961     //   extern int arr[];
2962     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2963     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2964     //
2965     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2966     // to diagnose it.
2967     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2968       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2969     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2970     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2971   }
2972 
2973   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2974   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2975   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2976     New->setType(MergedT);
2977 }
2978 
2979 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2980                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2981   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2982   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2983   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2984   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2985   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2986   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2987   //
2988   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2989   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2990     return false;
2991 
2992   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2993     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2994     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2995     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2996     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2997     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2998            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2999             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3000   } else {
3001     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3002     // type unless we're in the same function.
3003     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3004            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3005   }
3006 }
3007 
3008 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3009 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3010 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3011 ///
3012 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3013 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3014 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3015 ///
3016 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3017   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3018   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3019     return;
3020 
3021   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3022 
3023   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3024   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3025   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3026   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3027     if (NewTemplate) {
3028       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3029       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3030     } else
3031       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3032   }
3033   if (!Old) {
3034     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3035       << New->getDeclName();
3036     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3037          diag::note_previous_definition);
3038     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3039   }
3040 
3041   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3042     return;
3043 
3044   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3045   if (NewTemplate &&
3046       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3047                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3048                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3049     return;
3050 
3051   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3052   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3053   //
3054   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3055   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3056     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3057       << New->getIdentifier();
3058     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3059     New->setInvalidDecl();
3060   }
3061 
3062   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3063   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3064   // declaration
3065   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3066       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3067       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3068     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3069     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3070     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3071     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3072   }
3073 
3074   // Merge the types.
3075   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3076 
3077   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3078     return;
3079 
3080   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3081   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3082   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3083       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3084 
3085   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3086   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3087       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3088       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3089     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3090       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3091           << New->getDeclName();
3092       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3093     } else {
3094       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3095           << New->getDeclName();
3096       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3097       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3098     }
3099   }
3100   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3101   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3102   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3103   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3104   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3105   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3106   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3107   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3108   //   identifier has external linkage.
3109   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3110     /* Okay */;
3111   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3112            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3113            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3114     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3115     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3116     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3117   }
3118 
3119   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3120   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3121       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3122     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3123     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3124     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3125   }
3126   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3127       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3128     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3129     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3130     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3131   }
3132 
3133   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3134 
3135   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3136   // need to check for mismatches.
3137   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3138       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3139       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3140         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3141     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3142     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3143     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3144   }
3145 
3146   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3147     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3148       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3149       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3150     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3151       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3152       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3153     } else {
3154       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3155       // static and dynamic initialization.
3156       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3157       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3158       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3159         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3160       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3161     }
3162   }
3163 
3164   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3165   const VarDecl *Def;
3166   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3167       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3168       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3169     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3170     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3171     New->setInvalidDecl();
3172     return;
3173   }
3174 
3175   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3176     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3177     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3178     New->setInvalidDecl();
3179     return;
3180   }
3181 
3182   // Merge "used" flag.
3183   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3184     New->setIsUsed();
3185 
3186   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3187   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3188   if (NewTemplate)
3189     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3190 
3191   // Inherit access appropriately.
3192   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3193   if (NewTemplate)
3194     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3195 }
3196 
3197 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3198 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3199 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3200                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3201   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3202 }
3203 
3204 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3205   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3206     return;
3207 
3208   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3209     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3210     // it is anonymous.
3211     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3212       return;
3213     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3214         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3215     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3216         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3217     return;
3218   }
3219 
3220   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3221   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3222   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3223           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3224                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3225     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3226         Tag,
3227         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3228   }
3229 }
3230 
3231 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3232 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3233 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3234 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3235                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3236                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3237                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3238   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3239   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3240   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3241       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3242       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3243       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3244       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3245     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3246 
3247     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3248       return nullptr;
3249 
3250     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3251     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3252     // it's a Type.
3253     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3254       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3255     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3256       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3257   }
3258 
3259   if (Tag) {
3260     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3261     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3262     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3263       return Tag;
3264   }
3265 
3266   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3267     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3268     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3269     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3270       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3271            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3272            << DS.getSourceRange();
3273   }
3274 
3275   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3276     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3277     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3278     if (Tag)
3279       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3280         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3281             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3282             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3283             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3284     else
3285       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3286     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3287     return TagD;
3288   }
3289 
3290   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3291 
3292   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3293     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3294     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3295     if (TagD && !Tag)
3296       return nullptr;
3297     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3298   }
3299 
3300   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3301   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3302     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3303   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3304       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3305     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3306     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3307     // or an explicit specialization.
3308     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3309     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3310       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3311           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3312           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3313           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3314       << SS.getRange();
3315     return nullptr;
3316   }
3317 
3318   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3319   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3320 
3321   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3322   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3323     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3324         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3325       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3326           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3327         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3328 
3329       DeclaresAnything = false;
3330     }
3331   }
3332 
3333   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3334   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3335       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3336       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3337     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3338     //   struct STRUCT;
3339     // and
3340     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3341     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3342     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3343         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3344          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3345       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3346         << DS.getSourceRange();
3347       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3348     }
3349   }
3350 
3351   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3352   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3353       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3354     return TagD;
3355 
3356   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3357       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3358     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3359       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3360           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3361         DeclaresAnything = false;
3362 
3363   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3364     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3365     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3366       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3367         << DS.getSourceRange();
3368     else
3369       DeclaresAnything = false;
3370   }
3371 
3372   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3373       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3374     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3375       << Tag->getTagKind()
3376       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3377 
3378   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3379 
3380   // C 6.7/2:
3381   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3382   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3383   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3384   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3385   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3386   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3387   //   previous declaration.
3388   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3389     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3390     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3391     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3392     return TagD;
3393   }
3394 
3395   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3396   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3397   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3398   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3399   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3400   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3401   //
3402   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3403   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3404   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3405     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3406 
3407   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3408   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3409   // useless.
3410   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3411     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3412       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3413       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3414       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3415     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3416       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3417         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3418   }
3419 
3420   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3421     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3422       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3423   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3424     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3425       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3426     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3427       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3428     // Restrict is covered above.
3429     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3430       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3431   }
3432 
3433   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3434   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3435   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3436   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3437     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3438     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3439         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3440         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3441         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3442         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3443       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3444       while (attrs) {
3445         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3446         << attrs->getName()
3447         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3448             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3449             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3450             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3451         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3452       }
3453     }
3454   }
3455 
3456   return TagD;
3457 }
3458 
3459 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3460 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3461 ///
3462 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3463 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3464                                          Scope *S,
3465                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3466                                          DeclarationName Name,
3467                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3468                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3469   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3470                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3471   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3472 
3473   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3474     return false;
3475 
3476   // Pick a representative declaration.
3477   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3478   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3479 
3480   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3481     return false;
3482 
3483   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3484   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3485 
3486   return true;
3487 }
3488 
3489 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3490 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3491 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3492 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3493 /// struct, e.g.,
3494 ///
3495 /// @code
3496 /// union {
3497 ///   int i;
3498 ///   float f;
3499 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3500 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3501 /// @endcode
3502 ///
3503 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3504 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3505 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3506                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3507                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3508                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3509                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3510                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3511   unsigned diagKind
3512     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3513                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3514 
3515   bool Invalid = false;
3516 
3517   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3518   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3519     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3520         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3521       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3522       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3523                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3524         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3525         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3526         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3527         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3528         Invalid = true;
3529       } else {
3530         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3531         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3532         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3533         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3534         //   anonymous union is declared.
3535         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3536         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3537           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3538             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3539         else
3540           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3541 
3542         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3543         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3544           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3545         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3546           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3547 
3548         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3549           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3550                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3551                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3552 
3553         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3554         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3555         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3556 
3557         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3558         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3559 
3560         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3561       }
3562     }
3563   }
3564 
3565   return Invalid;
3566 }
3567 
3568 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3569 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3570 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3571 static StorageClass
3572 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3573   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3574   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3575          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3576   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3577   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3578   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3579     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3580       return SC_None;
3581     return SC_Extern;
3582   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3583   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3584   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3585   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3586     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3587   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3588   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3589   }
3590   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3591 }
3592 
3593 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3594   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3595 
3596   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3597     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3598     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3599       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3600     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3601       return FD->getLocation();
3602   }
3603 
3604   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3605 }
3606 
3607 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3608                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3609   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3610     return;
3611 
3612   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3613   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3614 }
3615 
3616 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3617                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3618   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3619     return;
3620 
3621   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3622 }
3623 
3624 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3625 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3626 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3627 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3628 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3629                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3630                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3631                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3632   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3633 
3634   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3635   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3636     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3637   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3638     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3639   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3640     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3641 
3642   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3643   // structs/unions.
3644   bool Invalid = false;
3645   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3646     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3647     unsigned DiagID;
3648     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3649       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3650       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3651       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3652       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3653           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3654            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3655             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3656         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3657           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3658 
3659         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3660         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3661                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3662       }
3663       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3664       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3665       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3666       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3667                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3668         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3669              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3670           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3671 
3672         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3673         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3674                                SourceLocation(),
3675                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3676       }
3677     }
3678 
3679     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3680     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3681       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3682         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3683           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3684           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3685       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3686         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3687              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3688           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3689           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3690       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3691         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3692              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3693           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3694           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3695       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3696         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3697              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3698           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3699           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3700 
3701       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3702     }
3703 
3704     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3705     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3706     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3707     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3708     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3709       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3710         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3711         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3712         //   members (clause 11).
3713         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3714         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3715           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3716             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3717           Invalid = true;
3718         }
3719 
3720         // C++ [class.union]p1
3721         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3722         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3723         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3724         //   array of such objects.
3725         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3726           Invalid = true;
3727       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3728         // Any implicit members are fine.
3729       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3730         // This is a type that showed up in an
3731         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3732         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3733         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3734       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3735         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3736             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3737           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3738           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3739             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3740               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3741           else {
3742             // This is a nested type declaration.
3743             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3744               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3745             Invalid = true;
3746           }
3747         } else {
3748           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3749           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3750           // not part of standard C++.
3751           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3752                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3753             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3754         }
3755       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3756         // Any access specifier is fine.
3757       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
3758         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
3759       } else {
3760         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3761         // member. Complain about it.
3762         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3763         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3764           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3765         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3766           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3767         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3768           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3769 
3770         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3771         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3772             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3773           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3774             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3775         else {
3776           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3777               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3778           Invalid = true;
3779         }
3780       }
3781     }
3782 
3783     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3784     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3785     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3786     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3787         Owner->isRecord())
3788       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3789                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3790   }
3791 
3792   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3793     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3794       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3795     Invalid = true;
3796   }
3797 
3798   // Mock up a declarator.
3799   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3800   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3801   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3802 
3803   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3804   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
3805   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3806     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3807                              DS.getLocStart(),
3808                              Record->getLocation(),
3809                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3810                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3811                              TInfo,
3812                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3813                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3814     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3815     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3816       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3817   } else {
3818     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3819     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3820     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3821       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3822       // an error here
3823       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3824       Invalid = true;
3825       SC = SC_None;
3826     }
3827 
3828     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3829                            DS.getLocStart(),
3830                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3831                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3832                            TInfo, SC);
3833 
3834     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3835     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3836     // initializer:
3837     //   union { int n = 0; };
3838     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3839   }
3840   Anon->setImplicit();
3841 
3842   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3843   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3844 
3845   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3846   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3847   // its members.
3848   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3849 
3850   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3851   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3852   // purposes.
3853   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3854   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3855 
3856   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3857                                           Chain, false))
3858     Invalid = true;
3859 
3860   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
3861     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
3862       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3863       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3864               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
3865                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
3866         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3867         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
3868       }
3869     }
3870   }
3871 
3872   if (Invalid)
3873     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3874 
3875   return Anon;
3876 }
3877 
3878 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3879 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3880 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3881 /// Example:
3882 ///
3883 /// struct A { int a; };
3884 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3885 ///
3886 /// void foo() {
3887 ///   B var;
3888 ///   var.a = 3;
3889 /// }
3890 ///
3891 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3892                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3893 
3894   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3895   if (!Record)
3896     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3897 
3898   // Mock up a declarator.
3899   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3900   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3901   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3902 
3903   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3904   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3905                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3906                              DS.getLocStart(),
3907                              DS.getLocStart(),
3908                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3909                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3910                              TInfo,
3911                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3912                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3913   Anon->setImplicit();
3914 
3915   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3916   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3917 
3918   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3919   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3920   // purposes.
3921   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3922   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3923 
3924   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3925   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3926                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3927                                                         Chain, true))
3928     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3929 
3930   return Anon;
3931 }
3932 
3933 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3934 /// given Declarator.
3935 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3936   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3937 }
3938 
3939 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3940 DeclarationNameInfo
3941 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3942   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3943   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3944 
3945   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3946 
3947   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3948   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3949     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3950     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3951     return NameInfo;
3952 
3953   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3954     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3955                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3956     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3957     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3958       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3959     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3960       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3961     return NameInfo;
3962 
3963   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3964     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3965                                                            Name.Identifier));
3966     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3967     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3968     return NameInfo;
3969 
3970   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3971     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3972     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3973     if (Ty.isNull())
3974       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3975     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3976                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3977     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3978     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3979     return NameInfo;
3980   }
3981 
3982   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3983     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3984     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3985     if (Ty.isNull())
3986       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3987     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3988                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3989     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3990     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3991     return NameInfo;
3992   }
3993 
3994   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3995     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3996     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3997     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3998     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3999     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4000       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4001 
4002     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4003     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4004 
4005     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4006     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4007     // was qualified.
4008 
4009     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4010                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4011     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4012     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4013     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4014     return NameInfo;
4015   }
4016 
4017   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4018     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4019     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4020     if (Ty.isNull())
4021       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4022     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4023                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4024     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4025     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4026     return NameInfo;
4027   }
4028 
4029   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4030     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4031     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4032     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4033   }
4034 
4035   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4036 
4037   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4038 }
4039 
4040 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4041   do {
4042     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4043       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4044     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4045       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4046     else
4047       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4048   } while (true);
4049 }
4050 
4051 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4052 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4053 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4054 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4055 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4056 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4057 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4058 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4059                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4060                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4061                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4062   Params.clear();
4063   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4064     return false;
4065   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4066     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4067     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4068 
4069     // The parameter types are identical
4070     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4071       continue;
4072 
4073     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4074     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4075     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4076     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4077 
4078     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4079         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4080       Params.push_back(Idx);
4081     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4082       return false;
4083   }
4084 
4085   return true;
4086 }
4087 
4088 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4089 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4090 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4091 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4092 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4093 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4094                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4095   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4096   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4097   //   - types which will become injected class names
4098   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4099   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4100   // few cases here.
4101 
4102   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4103   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4104   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4105   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4106   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4107   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4108     // Grab the type from the parser.
4109     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4110     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4111     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4112 
4113     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4114     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4115     // attached already.
4116     if (!TSI)
4117       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4118 
4119     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4120     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4121     if (!TSI) return true;
4122 
4123     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4124     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4125     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4126     break;
4127   }
4128 
4129   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4130   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4131     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4132     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4133     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4134     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4135     break;
4136   }
4137 
4138   default:
4139     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4140     break;
4141   }
4142 
4143   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4144   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4145     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4146 
4147     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4148     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4149     // pointer.
4150     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4151       continue;
4152 
4153     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4154     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4155     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4156       return true;
4157   }
4158 
4159   return false;
4160 }
4161 
4162 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4163   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4164   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4165 
4166   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4167       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4168     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4169 
4170   return Dcl;
4171 }
4172 
4173 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4174 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4175 ///   name different from T:
4176 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4177 ///     - every member function of class T
4178 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4179 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4180 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4181                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4182   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4183 
4184   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4185     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4186       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4187       return true;
4188     }
4189 
4190   return false;
4191 }
4192 
4193 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4194 /// nested-name-specifier.
4195 ///
4196 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4197 ///
4198 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4199 /// resolves.
4200 ///
4201 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4202 ///
4203 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4204 ///
4205 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4206 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4207                                         DeclarationName Name,
4208                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4209   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4210   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4211     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4212 
4213   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4214   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4215   //
4216   // class X {
4217   //   void X::f();
4218   // };
4219   //
4220   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4221   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4222   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4223     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4224       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4225                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4226         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4227       SS.clear();
4228     } else {
4229       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4230     }
4231     return false;
4232   }
4233 
4234   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4235   // declaration.
4236   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4237     if (Cur->isRecord())
4238       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4239         << Name << SS.getRange();
4240     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4241       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4242         << Name << SS.getRange();
4243     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4244       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4245         << Name << SS.getRange();
4246     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4247       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4248         << Name << SS.getRange();
4249     else
4250       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4251       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4252 
4253     return true;
4254   }
4255 
4256   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4257     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4258     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4259       << Name << SS.getRange();
4260     SS.clear();
4261 
4262     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4263     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4264     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4265     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4266          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4267         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4268                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4269       return true;
4270 
4271     return false;
4272   }
4273 
4274   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4275   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4276   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4277   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4278   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4279     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4280   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4281         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4282     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4283       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4284 
4285   return false;
4286 }
4287 
4288 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4289                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4290   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4291   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4292   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4293 
4294   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4295   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4296   if (!Name) {
4297     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4298       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4299            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4300         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4301     return nullptr;
4302   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4303     return nullptr;
4304 
4305   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4306   // we find one that is.
4307   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4308          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4309     S = S->getParent();
4310 
4311   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4312   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4313     D.setInvalidType();
4314   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4315     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4316                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4317       return nullptr;
4318 
4319     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4320     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4321     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4322       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4323       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4324       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4325       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4326       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4327            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4328         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4329         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4330       return nullptr;
4331     }
4332     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4333 
4334     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4335         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4336       return nullptr;
4337 
4338     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4339       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4340            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4341         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4342       D.setInvalidType();
4343     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4344       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4345                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4346         if (DC->isRecord())
4347           return nullptr;
4348 
4349         D.setInvalidType();
4350       }
4351     }
4352 
4353     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4354     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4355     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4356         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4357       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4358       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4359         D.setInvalidType();
4360     }
4361   }
4362 
4363   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4364     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4365     // Just return early; it's safer.
4366     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4367       return nullptr;
4368 
4369   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4370   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4371 
4372   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4373                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4374     D.setInvalidType();
4375 
4376   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4377                         ForRedeclaration);
4378 
4379   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4380   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4381     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4382     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4383 
4384     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4385     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4386     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4387     //
4388     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4389     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4390     // the same name.
4391     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4392       /* Do nothing*/;
4393     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4394              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4395               R->isFunctionType())) {
4396       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4397       CreateBuiltins =
4398           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4399     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4400                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4401       CreateBuiltins = true;
4402 
4403     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4404       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4405 
4406     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4407   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4408     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4409 
4410     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4411     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4412     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4413     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4414     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4415     //  thereof; [...]
4416     //
4417     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4418     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4419     // we want to match. For example, given:
4420     //
4421     //   class X {
4422     //     void f();
4423     //     void f(float);
4424     //   };
4425     //
4426     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4427     //
4428     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4429     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4430     // matches.
4431 
4432     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4433     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4434     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4435     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4436     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4437   }
4438 
4439   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4440       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4441     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4442     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4443       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4444                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4445 
4446     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4447     Previous.clear();
4448   }
4449 
4450   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4451   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4452   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4453   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4454   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4455       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4456     Previous.clear();
4457 
4458   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4459   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4460   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4461     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4462 
4463   NamedDecl *New;
4464 
4465   bool AddToScope = true;
4466   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4467     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4468       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4469       return nullptr;
4470     }
4471 
4472     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4473   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4474     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4475                                   TemplateParamLists,
4476                                   AddToScope);
4477   } else {
4478     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4479                                   AddToScope);
4480   }
4481 
4482   if (!New)
4483     return nullptr;
4484 
4485   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4486   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4487   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4488        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4489     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4490     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4491     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4492     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4493     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4494     if (!AddToContext)
4495       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4496   }
4497 
4498   return New;
4499 }
4500 
4501 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4502 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4503 /// GCC compatibility).
4504 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4505                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4506                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4507                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4508   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4509   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4510   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4511   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4512   SizeIsNegative = false;
4513   Oversized = 0;
4514 
4515   if (T->isDependentType())
4516     return QualType();
4517 
4518   QualifierCollector Qs;
4519   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4520 
4521   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4522     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4523     QualType FixedType =
4524         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4525                                             Oversized);
4526     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4527     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4528     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4529   }
4530   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4531     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4532     QualType FixedType =
4533         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4534                                             Oversized);
4535     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4536     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4537     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4538   }
4539 
4540   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4541   if (!VLATy)
4542     return QualType();
4543   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4544   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4545     return QualType();
4546 
4547   llvm::APSInt Res;
4548   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4549       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4550     return QualType();
4551 
4552   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4553   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4554     SizeIsNegative = true;
4555     return QualType();
4556   }
4557 
4558   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4559   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4560     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4561                                               Res);
4562   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4563     Oversized = Res;
4564     return QualType();
4565   }
4566 
4567   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4568                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4569 }
4570 
4571 static void
4572 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4573   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4574     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4575     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4576                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4577     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4578     return;
4579   }
4580   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4581     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4582     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4583                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4584     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4585     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4586     return;
4587   }
4588   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4589   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4590   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4591   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4592   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4593   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4594   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4595   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4596 }
4597 
4598 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4599 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4600 /// GCC compatibility).
4601 static TypeSourceInfo*
4602 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4603                                               ASTContext &Context,
4604                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4605                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4606   QualType FixedTy
4607     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4608                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4609   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4610     return nullptr;
4611   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4612   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4613                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4614   return FixedTInfo;
4615 }
4616 
4617 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4618 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4619 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4620 /// function-scope declarations.
4621 void
4622 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4623   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4624       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4625     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4626     return;
4627 
4628   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4629   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4630   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4631   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4632 }
4633 
4634 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4635   if (ExternalSource) {
4636     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4637     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4638     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4639     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4640     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4641       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4642         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4643       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4644         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4645     }
4646   }
4647 
4648   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4649   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr;
4650 }
4651 
4652 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4653 /// does not identify a function.
4654 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4655   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4656   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4657   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4658     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4659          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4660 
4661   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4662     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4663          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4664 
4665   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4666     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4667          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4668 
4669   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4670     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4671          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4672 }
4673 
4674 NamedDecl*
4675 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4676                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4677   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4678   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4679     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4680       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4681     D.setInvalidType();
4682     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4683     DC = CurContext;
4684     Previous.clear();
4685   }
4686 
4687   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4688 
4689   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4690     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4691       << 1;
4692 
4693   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4694     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4695       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4696     return nullptr;
4697   }
4698 
4699   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4700   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4701 
4702   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4703   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4704 
4705   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4706 
4707   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4708   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4709   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4710   return ND;
4711 }
4712 
4713 void
4714 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4715   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4716   // then it shall have block scope.
4717   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4718   // that redeclarations will match.
4719   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4720   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4721   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4722     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4723 
4724     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
4725       bool SizeIsNegative;
4726       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4727       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4728         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4729                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4730                                                       Oversized);
4731       if (FixedTInfo) {
4732         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4733         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4734       } else {
4735         if (SizeIsNegative)
4736           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4737         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4738           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4739         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4740           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4741             << Oversized.toString(10);
4742         else
4743           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4744         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4745       }
4746     }
4747   }
4748 }
4749 
4750 
4751 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4752 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4753 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4754 NamedDecl*
4755 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4756                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4757   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4758   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4759   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4760                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4761   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4762   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4763     Redeclaration = true;
4764     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4765   }
4766 
4767   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4768   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4769     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4770         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4771       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4772         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4773       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4774         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4775       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4776         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4777       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4778         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4779     }
4780 
4781   return NewTD;
4782 }
4783 
4784 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4785 /// previous declaration.
4786 ///
4787 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4788 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4789 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4790 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4791 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4792 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4793 ///
4794 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4795 /// lookup
4796 ///
4797 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4798 /// declared.
4799 ///
4800 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4801 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4802 static bool
4803 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4804                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4805   if (!PrevDecl)
4806     return false;
4807 
4808   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4809     return false;
4810 
4811   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4812     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4813     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4814     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4815     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4816     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4817     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4818     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4819     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4820       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4821       return false;
4822 
4823     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4824     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4825       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4826       return false;
4827 
4828     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4829     // previous declarations.
4830     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4831     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4832 
4833     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4834     // isn't the same function.
4835     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4836       return false;
4837   }
4838 
4839   return true;
4840 }
4841 
4842 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4843   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4844   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4845   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4846 }
4847 
4848 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4849   QualType type = decl->getType();
4850   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4851   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4852     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4853     unsigned kind = -1U;
4854     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4855       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4856         kind = 0; // __block
4857       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4858         kind = 1; // global
4859     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4860       kind = 3; // ivar
4861     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4862       kind = 2; // field
4863     }
4864 
4865     if (kind != -1U) {
4866       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4867         << kind;
4868     }
4869   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4870     // Try to infer lifetime.
4871     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4872       return false;
4873 
4874     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4875     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4876     decl->setType(type);
4877   }
4878 
4879   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4880     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4881     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4882         var->getTLSKind()) {
4883       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4884         << var->getType();
4885       return true;
4886     }
4887   }
4888 
4889   return false;
4890 }
4891 
4892 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4893   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
4894   // the wrong linkage.
4895   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
4896 
4897   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4898   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4899     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4900       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4901       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4902     }
4903   }
4904   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4905     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4906       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4907       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4908     }
4909   }
4910 
4911   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4912   // It does not apply to functions.
4913   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4914     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4915       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4916       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4917     }
4918   }
4919 
4920   // dll attributes require external linkage.
4921   if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
4922     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4923       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
4924         << &ND << Attr;
4925       ND.setInvalidDecl();
4926     }
4927   }
4928   if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
4929     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4930       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
4931         << &ND << Attr;
4932       ND.setInvalidDecl();
4933     }
4934   }
4935 }
4936 
4937 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
4938                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
4939                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
4940   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
4941     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4942   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
4943     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4944 
4945   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
4946       return;
4947 
4948   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4949   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
4950   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4951   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
4952 
4953   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
4954   // inherited attribute instances.
4955   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
4956                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
4957 
4958   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
4959   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
4960   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
4961   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
4962   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
4963   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
4964     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration)
4965       << NewDecl
4966       << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
4967     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4968     NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4969     return;
4970   }
4971 
4972   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
4973   // exception being inline function definitions.
4974   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
4975   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false;
4976   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
4977     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
4978     // separately.
4979     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
4980   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl))
4981     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
4982 
4983   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember) {
4984     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
4985            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
4986       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
4987     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4988     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
4989     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4990     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
4991   }
4992 }
4993 
4994 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4995 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4996 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4997 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4998   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4999 
5000   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5001   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5002 
5003   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5004   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5005     return false;
5006 
5007   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5008 
5009 #ifndef NDEBUG
5010   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5011   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5012   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5013   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5014   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5015 #endif
5016 
5017   bool isC99Inline =
5018       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5019 
5020 #ifndef NDEBUG
5021   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5022 #endif
5023 
5024   return isC99Inline;
5025 }
5026 
5027 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5028 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5029 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5030 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5031 ///
5032 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5033 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5034 ///
5035 /// For instance:
5036 ///
5037 ///   auto x = []{};
5038 ///
5039 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5040 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5041 ///
5042 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5043 template<typename T>
5044 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5045   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5046     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5047     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5048       return false;
5049   }
5050   return D->isExternC();
5051 }
5052 
5053 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5054   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5055   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5056     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5057   if (DC->isFileContext())
5058     return true;
5059   if (DC->isRecord())
5060     return false;
5061   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5062 }
5063 
5064 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5065   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5066   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5067     return true;
5068   if (DC->isRecord())
5069     return false;
5070   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5071 }
5072 
5073 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5074                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5075   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5076     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5077       return true;
5078   return false;
5079 }
5080 
5081 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5082                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5083   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5084   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5085     return true;
5086 
5087   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5088   // position to the decl itself.
5089   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5090     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5091       return true;
5092   }
5093 
5094   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5095   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5096 }
5097 
5098 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5099 /// function-local external declaration.
5100 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5101   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5102     return false;
5103 
5104   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5105   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5106   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5107   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5108     return true;
5109 
5110   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5111   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5112   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5113   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5114   //
5115   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5116   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5117   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5118     DC = DC->getParent();
5119   return true;
5120 }
5121 
5122 NamedDecl *
5123 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5124                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5125                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5126                               bool &AddToScope) {
5127   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5128   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5129 
5130   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5131   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5132     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5133 
5134   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5135   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5136   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5137       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5138       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5139     SC = SC_Extern;
5140 
5141   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5142   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5143                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5144 
5145   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5146     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5147     QualType NR = R;
5148     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5149       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5150         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5151         D.setInvalidType();
5152         break;
5153       }
5154       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5155     }
5156 
5157     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5158       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5159       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5160       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5161         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5162         D.setInvalidType();
5163       }
5164     }
5165   }
5166 
5167   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5168     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5169     // an error here
5170     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5171     D.setInvalidType();
5172     SC = SC_None;
5173   }
5174 
5175   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5176       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5177                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5178     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5179     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5180     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5181     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5182          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5183       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5184   }
5185 
5186   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5187   if (!II) {
5188     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5189       << Name;
5190     return nullptr;
5191   }
5192 
5193   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5194 
5195   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5196     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5197     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5198     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5199     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5200       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5201       D.setInvalidType();
5202     }
5203   }
5204 
5205   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5206     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5207     // OpenCL __local address space.
5208     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5209       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5210     }
5211 
5212     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5213     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5214     // space qualifiers.
5215     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5216       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5217       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5218     }
5219 
5220     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5221     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5222     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5223     // address space qualifiers.
5224     if (R->isEventT()) {
5225       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5226         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5227         D.setInvalidType();
5228       }
5229 
5230       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5231         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5232         D.setInvalidType();
5233       }
5234     }
5235   }
5236 
5237   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5238   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5239   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5240   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5241   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5242   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5243   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5244   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5245     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5246                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5247                             R, TInfo, SC);
5248 
5249     if (D.isInvalidType())
5250       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5251   } else {
5252     bool Invalid = false;
5253 
5254     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5255       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5256       switch (SC) {
5257       case SC_None:
5258         break;
5259       case SC_Static:
5260         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5261              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5262           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5263         break;
5264       case SC_Auto:
5265       case SC_Register:
5266       case SC_Extern:
5267         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5268         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5269         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5270         // of class members
5271 
5272         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5273              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5274           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5275         break;
5276       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5277         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5278       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5279         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5280       }
5281     }
5282 
5283     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5284       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5285         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5286           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5287                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5288             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5289 
5290         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5291         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5292         if (RD->isUnion())
5293           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5294                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5295                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5296                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5297         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5298         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5299           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5300                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5301             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5302       }
5303     }
5304 
5305     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5306     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5307     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5308         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5309         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5310         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5311             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5312             : nullptr,
5313         TemplateParamLists,
5314         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5315 
5316     if (TemplateParams) {
5317       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5318           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5319         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5320         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5321         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5322              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5323           << II
5324           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5325                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5326         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5327       } else {
5328         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5329           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5330           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5331           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5332           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5333         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5334           // This is a template declaration.
5335           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5336 
5337           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5338           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5339             return nullptr;
5340 
5341           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5342           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5343                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5344                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5345                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5346         }
5347       }
5348     } else {
5349       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5350              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5351     }
5352 
5353     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5354       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5355           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5356               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5357               : SourceLocation();
5358       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5359           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5360           IsPartialSpecialization);
5361       if (Res.isInvalid())
5362         return nullptr;
5363       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5364       AddToScope = false;
5365     } else
5366       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5367                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5368 
5369     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5370     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5371       NewTemplate =
5372           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5373                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5374       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5375     }
5376 
5377     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5378     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5379     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5380       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5381 
5382     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5383       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5384       if (NewTemplate)
5385         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5386     }
5387 
5388     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5389 
5390     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5391     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5392     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5393     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5394       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5395           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5396           TemplateParamLists.data());
5397 
5398     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5399       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5400   }
5401 
5402   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5403   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5404   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5405   if (NewTemplate)
5406     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5407 
5408   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5409     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5410 
5411   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5412     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5413       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5414       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5415       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5416       //   explicitly.
5417       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5418       //   'extern'.
5419       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5420           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5421           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5422         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5423       else
5424         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5425              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5426           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5427     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5428       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5429            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5430     else
5431       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5432   }
5433 
5434   // C99 6.7.4p3
5435   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5436   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5437   //   thread storage duration...
5438   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5439   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5440   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5441   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5442   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5443   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5444       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5445     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5446     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5447       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5448            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5449       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5450     }
5451   }
5452 
5453   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5454     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5455       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5456           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5457           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5458                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5459     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5460       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5461         << 2
5462         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5463     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5464       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5465         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5466         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5467         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5468     else {
5469       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5470       if (NewTemplate)
5471         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5472     }
5473   }
5474 
5475   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5476   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5477 
5478   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5479     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5480     // storage [duration]."
5481     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5482         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5483          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5484       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5485     }
5486   }
5487 
5488   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5489   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5490   // check the VarDecl itself.
5491   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5492          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5493          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5494 
5495   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5496   // retainable type.
5497   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5498     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5499 
5500   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5501   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5502     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5503     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5504     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5505     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5506       switch (SC) {
5507       case SC_None:
5508       case SC_Auto:
5509         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5510         break;
5511       case SC_Register:
5512         // Local Named register
5513         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5514           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5515         break;
5516       case SC_Static:
5517       case SC_Extern:
5518       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5519       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5520         break;
5521       }
5522     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5523       // Global Named register
5524       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5525         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5526       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5527         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5528         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5529       }
5530     }
5531 
5532     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5533                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5534   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5535     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5536       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5537     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5538       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5539       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5540     }
5541   }
5542 
5543   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5544   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5545     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5546 
5547   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5548   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5549   // declaration has linkage).
5550   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5551                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5552                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5553                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5554 
5555   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5556   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5557   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5558       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5559     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5560         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5561         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5562 
5563   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5564     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5565   } else {
5566     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5567     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5568         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5569       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5570 
5571     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5572     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5573       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5574           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5575           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5576         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5577         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5578         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5579           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5580         Previous.clear();
5581         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5582       }
5583     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5584       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5585       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5586         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5587         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5588       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5589     }
5590 
5591     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5592       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5593 
5594     if (NewTemplate) {
5595       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5596           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5597               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5598               : nullptr;
5599 
5600       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5601       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5602       // template declaration.
5603       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5604               TemplateParams,
5605               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5606                               : nullptr,
5607               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5608                DC->isDependentContext())
5609                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5610                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5611         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5612 
5613       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5614       // template, make a note of that.
5615       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5616           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5617         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5618     }
5619   }
5620 
5621   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5622 
5623   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5624   // the map of such variables.
5625   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5626       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5627     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5628 
5629   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5630     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5631     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5632             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5633                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5634       Context.setManglingNumber(
5635           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5636       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5637     }
5638   }
5639 
5640   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5641     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5642         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5643         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5644   }
5645 
5646   if (NewTemplate) {
5647     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5648       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5649     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5650     return NewTemplate;
5651   }
5652 
5653   return NewVD;
5654 }
5655 
5656 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5657 /// -Wshadow.
5658 ///
5659 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5660 /// scope.
5661 ///
5662 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5663 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5664 ///
5665 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5666   // Return if warning is ignored.
5667   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
5668     return;
5669 
5670   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5671   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5672     return;
5673 
5674   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5675 
5676   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5677   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5678     return;
5679 
5680   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5681   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5682     return;
5683 
5684   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5685   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5686     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5687       if (MD->isStatic())
5688         return;
5689 
5690   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5691     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5692       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5693       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5694       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5695         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5696           ShadowedDecl = I;
5697           break;
5698         }
5699     }
5700 
5701   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5702 
5703   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5704   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5705     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5706     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5707       return;
5708 
5709     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5710     // static data members from base classes?
5711 
5712     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5713     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5714     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5715   }
5716 
5717   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5718   unsigned Kind;
5719   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5720     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5721       Kind = 3; // field
5722     else
5723       Kind = 2; // static data member
5724   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5725     Kind = 1; // global
5726   else
5727     Kind = 0; // local
5728 
5729   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5730 
5731   // Emit warning and note.
5732   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5733     return;
5734   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5735   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5736 }
5737 
5738 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5739 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5740   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
5741     return;
5742 
5743   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5744                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5745   LookupName(R, S);
5746   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5747 }
5748 
5749 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5750 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5751 template<typename T>
5752 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5753     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5754   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5755   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5756 
5757   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5758     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5759     // declaration.
5760     return false;
5761   }
5762 
5763   if (Prev) {
5764     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5765       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5766       // redeclaration.
5767       Previous.clear();
5768       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5769       return true;
5770     }
5771 
5772     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5773     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5774     // declaration.
5775     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5776       return false;
5777   } else {
5778     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5779     // translation unit which might conflict.
5780     if (IsGlobal) {
5781       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5782       IsGlobal = false;
5783       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5784            I != E; ++I) {
5785         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5786           Prev = *I;
5787           break;
5788         }
5789       }
5790     } else {
5791       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5792           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5793       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5794            I != E; ++I) {
5795         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5796           Prev = *I;
5797           break;
5798         }
5799         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5800         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5801         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5802         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5803         // diagnostic.
5804       }
5805     }
5806 
5807     if (!Prev)
5808       return false;
5809   }
5810 
5811   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5812   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5813   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5814   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5815     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5816   else
5817     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5818 
5819   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5820     << IsGlobal << ND;
5821   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5822     << IsGlobal;
5823   return false;
5824 }
5825 
5826 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5827 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5828 ///
5829 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5830 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5831 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5832 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5833 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5834 template<typename T>
5835 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5836                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5837   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5838     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5839     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5840     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5841     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5842       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5843         Previous.clear();
5844         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5845         return true;
5846       }
5847     }
5848     return false;
5849   }
5850 
5851   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5852   // declaration.
5853   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5854     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5855 
5856   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5857   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5858   // in another scope.
5859   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5860     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5861 
5862   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5863   return false;
5864 }
5865 
5866 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5867   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5868   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5869     return;
5870 
5871   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5872   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5873 
5874   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5875   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5876     return;
5877 
5878   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5879     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5880 
5881   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5882     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5883       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5884     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5885     NewVD->setType(T);
5886   }
5887 
5888   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5889   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5890   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5891   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5892   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5893     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5894     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5895     return;
5896   }
5897 
5898   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5899   // __constant address space.
5900   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5901       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5902       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5903     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5904     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5905     return;
5906   }
5907 
5908   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5909   // scope.
5910   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5911       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5912     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5913     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5914     return;
5915   }
5916 
5917   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5918       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5919     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5920       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5921     else {
5922       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5923       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5924     }
5925   }
5926 
5927   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5928   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5929       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5930     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5931 
5932   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5933       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5934     bool SizeIsNegative;
5935     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5936     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5937       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5938                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5939     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5940       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5941       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5942       // int a[10][n];
5943       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5944 
5945       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5946         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5947         << SizeRange;
5948       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5949         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5950         << SizeRange;
5951       else
5952         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5953         << SizeRange;
5954       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5955       return;
5956     }
5957 
5958     if (!FixedTInfo) {
5959       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5960         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5961       else
5962         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5963       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5964       return;
5965     }
5966 
5967     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5968     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5969     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5970   }
5971 
5972   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5973     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5974     //                    of objects and functions.
5975     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5976       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5977         << T;
5978       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5979       return;
5980     }
5981   }
5982 
5983   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5984     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5985     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5986     return;
5987   }
5988 
5989   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5990     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5991     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5992     return;
5993   }
5994 
5995   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5996       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5997                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5998     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5999     return;
6000   }
6001 }
6002 
6003 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6004 /// declaration.
6005 ///
6006 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6007 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6008 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6009 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6010 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6011 ///
6012 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6013 ///
6014 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6015 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6016   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6017 
6018   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6019   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6020     return false;
6021 
6022   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6023   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6024   if (Previous.empty() &&
6025       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6026     Previous.setShadowed();
6027 
6028   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6029   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6030 
6031   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6032     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6033     return true;
6034   }
6035   return false;
6036 }
6037 
6038 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6039 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6040   Sema *S;
6041   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6042 };
6043 
6044 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6045 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6046 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6047 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6048                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6049                                  void *UserData) {
6050   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6051 
6052   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6053     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6054 
6055   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6056 
6057   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6058   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6059     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6060     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6061     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6062 
6063     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6064   }
6065 
6066   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6067        !Path.Decls.empty();
6068        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6069     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6070     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6071       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6072         return true;
6073     }
6074   }
6075 
6076   return false;
6077 }
6078 
6079 namespace {
6080   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6081 }
6082 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6083 /// overriden methods.
6084 ///
6085 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6086 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6087 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6088 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6089                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6090   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6091   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6092                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6093        I != E; ++I) {
6094     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6095     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6096     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6097     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6098         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6099         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6100       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6101   }
6102 }
6103 
6104 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6105 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6106 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6107   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6108   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6109   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6110   Data.Method = MD;
6111   Data.S = this;
6112   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6113   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6114   bool AddedAny = false;
6115   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6116     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6117       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6118         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6119         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6120             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6121             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6122             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6123           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6124           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6125           AddedAny = true;
6126         }
6127       }
6128     }
6129   }
6130 
6131   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6132     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6133   }
6134   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6135     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6136   }
6137 
6138   return AddedAny;
6139 }
6140 
6141 namespace {
6142   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6143   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6144   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6145     Scope *S;
6146     Declarator &D;
6147     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6148     bool AddToScope;
6149   };
6150 }
6151 
6152 namespace {
6153 
6154 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6155 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6156 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6157  public:
6158   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6159                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6160       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6161         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6162 
6163   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6164     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6165       return false;
6166 
6167     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6168     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6169                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6170          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6171       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6172 
6173       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6174           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6175         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6176           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6177           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6178             return true;
6179         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6180           return true;
6181         }
6182       }
6183     }
6184 
6185     return false;
6186   }
6187 
6188  private:
6189   ASTContext &Context;
6190   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6191   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6192 };
6193 
6194 }
6195 
6196 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6197 ///
6198 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6199 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6200 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6201 /// the same name.
6202 ///
6203 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6204 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6205 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6206     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6207     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6208   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6209   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6210   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6211   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6212   TypoCorrection Correction;
6213   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6214   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6215                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6216   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6217                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6218                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6219                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6220 
6221   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6222   if (IsLocalFriend)
6223     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6224   else
6225     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6226   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6227          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6228   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6229   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6230                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
6231   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6232     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6233          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6234       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6235       if (FD &&
6236           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6237         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6238         // involve a parameter
6239         unsigned ParamNum =
6240             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6241         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6242       }
6243     }
6244   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6245   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6246                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6247                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6248                  Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6249     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6250     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6251                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6252     Previous.clear();
6253     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6254     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6255                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6256          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6257       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6258       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6259           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6260         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6261       }
6262     }
6263     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6264 
6265     NamedDecl *Result;
6266     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6267     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6268     {
6269       // Trap errors.
6270       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6271 
6272       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6273       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6274       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6275       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6276           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6277           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6278           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6279           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6280 
6281       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6282         Result = nullptr;
6283     }
6284 
6285     if (Result) {
6286       // Determine which correction we picked.
6287       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6288       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6289            I != E; ++I)
6290         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6291           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6292 
6293       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6294           Correction,
6295           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6296                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6297                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6298             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6299       return Result;
6300     }
6301 
6302     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6303     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6304                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6305     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6306     Previous.clear();
6307     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6308   }
6309 
6310   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6311       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6312 
6313   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6314   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6315     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6316 
6317   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6318        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6319        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6320     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6321     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6322     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6323     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6324 
6325     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6326     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6327       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6328       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6329       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6330       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6331                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6332         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6333         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6334     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6335       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6336           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6337     } else
6338       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6339                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6340                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6341   }
6342   return nullptr;
6343 }
6344 
6345 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6346                                                           Declarator &D) {
6347   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6348   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6349   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6350   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6351   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6352     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6353                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6354     D.setInvalidType();
6355     break;
6356   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6357   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6358     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6359       return SC_None;
6360     return SC_Extern;
6361   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6362     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6363       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6364       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6365       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6366       //   other than extern
6367       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6368       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6369                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6370       break;
6371     } else
6372       return SC_Static;
6373   }
6374   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6375   }
6376 
6377   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6378   return SC_None;
6379 }
6380 
6381 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6382                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6383                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6384                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6385                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6386   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6387   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6388 
6389   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6390   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6391 
6392   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6393     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6394     // prototype. This true when:
6395     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6396     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6397     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6398     bool HasPrototype =
6399       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6400       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6401 
6402     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6403                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6404                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6405                                  HasPrototype, false);
6406     if (D.isInvalidType())
6407       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6408 
6409     // Set the lexical context.
6410     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6411 
6412     return NewFD;
6413   }
6414 
6415   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6416   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6417 
6418   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6419   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6420   // the class has been completely parsed.
6421   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6422       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6423           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6424           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6425     D.setInvalidType();
6426 
6427   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6428     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6429     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6430            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6431 
6432     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6433     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6434                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6435                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6436                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6437                                       isConstexpr);
6438 
6439   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6440     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6441     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6442       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6443       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6444       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6445                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6446                                         D.getLocStart(),
6447                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6448                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6449 
6450       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6451       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6452       // it yet.
6453       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6454           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6455           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6456         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6457       }
6458 
6459       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6460       return NewDD;
6461 
6462     } else {
6463       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6464       D.setInvalidType();
6465 
6466       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6467       // code path.
6468       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6469                                   D.getLocStart(),
6470                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6471                                   SC, isInline,
6472                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6473     }
6474 
6475   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6476     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6477       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6478            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6479       return nullptr;
6480     }
6481 
6482     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6483     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6484     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6485                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6486                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6487                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6488 
6489   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6490     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6491     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6492     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6493     // constructor if it has no return type).
6494     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6495         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6496       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6497         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6498         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6499       return nullptr;
6500     }
6501 
6502     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6503     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6504                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6505                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6506                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6507                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6508     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6509     return Ret;
6510   } else {
6511     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6512     // prototype. This true when:
6513     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6514     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6515                                 D.getLocStart(),
6516                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6517                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6518   }
6519 }
6520 
6521 enum OpenCLParamType {
6522   ValidKernelParam,
6523   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6524   PtrKernelParam,
6525   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6526   InvalidKernelParam,
6527   RecordKernelParam
6528 };
6529 
6530 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6531   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6532     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6533     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6534       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6535     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6536                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6537   }
6538 
6539   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6540   // be used as builtin types.
6541 
6542   if (PT->isImageType())
6543     return PtrKernelParam;
6544 
6545   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6546     return InvalidKernelParam;
6547 
6548   if (PT->isEventT())
6549     return InvalidKernelParam;
6550 
6551   if (PT->isHalfType())
6552     return InvalidKernelParam;
6553 
6554   if (PT->isRecordType())
6555     return RecordKernelParam;
6556 
6557   return ValidKernelParam;
6558 }
6559 
6560 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6561   Sema &S,
6562   Declarator &D,
6563   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6564   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6565   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6566 
6567   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6568   // used again
6569   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6570     return;
6571 
6572   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6573   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6574     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6575     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6576     // pointer to a pointer type.
6577     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6578     D.setInvalidType();
6579     return;
6580 
6581   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6582     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6583     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6584     // pointer to the private address space.
6585     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6586     D.setInvalidType();
6587     return;
6588 
6589     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6590     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6591     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6592     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6593     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6594 
6595   case InvalidKernelParam:
6596     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6597     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6598     // of event_t type.
6599     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6600     D.setInvalidType();
6601     return;
6602 
6603   case PtrKernelParam:
6604   case ValidKernelParam:
6605     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6606     return;
6607 
6608   case RecordKernelParam:
6609     break;
6610   }
6611 
6612   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6613   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6614 
6615   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6616   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6617   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6618   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6619 
6620   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6621   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6622 
6623   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6624 
6625   do {
6626     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6627     if (!Next) {
6628       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6629       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6630       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6631         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6632 
6633       continue;
6634     }
6635 
6636     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6637     // field itself) to the history stack.
6638     const RecordDecl *RD;
6639     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6640       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6641       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6642     } else {
6643       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6644     }
6645 
6646     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6647     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6648 
6649     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6650       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6651 
6652       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6653         continue;
6654 
6655       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6656       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6657         continue;
6658 
6659       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6660         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6661         continue;
6662       }
6663 
6664       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6665       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6666       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6667       // union.
6668       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6669           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6670         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6671                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6672           << PT->isUnionType()
6673           << PT;
6674       } else {
6675         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6676       }
6677 
6678       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6679         << PD->getDeclName();
6680 
6681       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6682       // the offending field came from
6683       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6684              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6685         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6686         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6687           << OuterField->getType();
6688       }
6689 
6690       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6691         << QT->isPointerType()
6692         << QT;
6693       D.setInvalidType();
6694       return;
6695     }
6696   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6697 }
6698 
6699 NamedDecl*
6700 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6701                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6702                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6703                               bool &AddToScope) {
6704   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6705 
6706   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6707 
6708   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6709   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6710   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6711   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6712 
6713   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6714     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6715          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6716       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6717 
6718   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6719     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6720 
6721   bool isFriend = false;
6722   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
6723   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6724   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6725 
6726   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6727   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6728   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6729 
6730   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6731 
6732   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6733   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6734 
6735   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6736                                               isVirtualOkay);
6737   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
6738 
6739   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6740     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6741 
6742   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6743   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6744   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6745   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6746 
6747   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6748     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6749 
6750   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6751     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6752     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6753     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6754     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6755     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6756     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6757       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6758       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6759       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6760       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6761     }
6762 
6763     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6764     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6765     // return true).
6766     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6767           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6768       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6769         NewFD->setPure(true);
6770     }
6771 
6772     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6773     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6774     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6775     if (D.isInvalidType())
6776       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6777 
6778     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6779     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6780     bool Invalid = false;
6781     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6782             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6783                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6784                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6785                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6786                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6787                     : nullptr,
6788                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6789                 Invalid)) {
6790       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6791         // This is a function template
6792 
6793         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6794         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6795           return nullptr;
6796 
6797         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6798         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6799           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6800           return nullptr;
6801         }
6802 
6803         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6804         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6805         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6806         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6807           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6808           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6809             Invalid = true;
6810         }
6811 
6812 
6813         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6814                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6815                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6816                                                         NewFD);
6817         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6818         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6819 
6820         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6821         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6822           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6823                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6824                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6825         }
6826       } else {
6827         // This is a function template specialization.
6828         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6829         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6830         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6831           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6832                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
6833                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6834 
6835         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6836         if (isFriend) {
6837           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6838           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6839 
6840           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6841           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6842           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6843           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6844           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6845           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6846           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6847             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6848             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6849           }
6850 
6851           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6852             << Name << RemoveRange
6853             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6854             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6855         }
6856       }
6857     }
6858     else {
6859       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6860       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6861       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6862         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6863         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6864                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6865                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6866     }
6867 
6868     if (Invalid) {
6869       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6870       if (FunctionTemplate)
6871         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6872     }
6873 
6874     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6875     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6876     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6877     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6878     //
6879     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6880       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6881         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6882              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6883       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6884         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6885         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6886              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6887           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6888       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6889         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6890         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6891         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6892              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6893           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6894       } else {
6895         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6896         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6897       }
6898 
6899       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6900           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
6901         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6902     }
6903 
6904     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6905         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6906          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6907         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6908       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6909       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6910       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6911       // thing to do.
6912       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6913       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6914       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6915           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6916       QualType Result =
6917           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
6918       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
6919                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6920     }
6921 
6922     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6923     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6924     //  declaration.
6925     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6926       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6927         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6928         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6929              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6930           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6931       }
6932     }
6933 
6934     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6935     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6936     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6937     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6938     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6939       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6940         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6941         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6942              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6943           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6944       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6945                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6946         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6947         // or conversion function.
6948         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6949              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6950           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6951       }
6952     }
6953 
6954     if (isConstexpr) {
6955       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6956       // are implicitly inline.
6957       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6958 
6959       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6960       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6961       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6962       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6963         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6964     }
6965 
6966     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6967     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6968       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6969         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6970           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6971         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6972           << 0
6973           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6974       } else {
6975         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6976         if (FunctionTemplate)
6977           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6978       }
6979     }
6980 
6981     if (isFriend) {
6982       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6983         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6984         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6985       }
6986       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6987       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6988     }
6989 
6990     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6991     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
6992     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
6993     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6994       case FDK_Declaration:
6995       case FDK_Definition:
6996         break;
6997 
6998       case FDK_Defaulted:
6999         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7000         break;
7001 
7002       case FDK_Deleted:
7003         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7004         break;
7005     }
7006 
7007     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7008         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7009       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7010       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7011       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7012       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7013     }
7014 
7015     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7016         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7017       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7018       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7019       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7020       //   the class.
7021 
7022       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7023       // member function definition.
7024       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7025            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7026         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7027     }
7028 
7029     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7030     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7031     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7032     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7033     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7034          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7035         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
7036       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7037       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
7038       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7039                                              FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7040     }
7041   }
7042 
7043   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7044   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7045                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7046                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7047                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7048 
7049   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7050   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7051     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7052     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7053     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7054                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7055   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7056     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7057       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7058     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7059       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7060       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7061     }
7062   }
7063 
7064   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7065   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7066   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7067   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7068     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7069 
7070     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7071     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7072     // single void argument.
7073     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7074     // already checks for that case.
7075     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7076       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7077         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7078         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7079         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7080         Params.push_back(Param);
7081 
7082         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7083           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7084       }
7085     }
7086 
7087   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7088     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7089     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7090     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7091     //
7092     // @code
7093     // typedef void fn(int);
7094     // fn f;
7095     // @endcode
7096 
7097     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7098     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7099       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7100           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7101       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7102       Params.push_back(Param);
7103     }
7104   } else {
7105     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7106            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7107   }
7108 
7109   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7110   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7111 
7112   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7113   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7114   //
7115   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7116   //
7117   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7118   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7119   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7120 
7121   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7122     NewFD->addAttr(
7123         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7124                                        Context, 0));
7125 
7126   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7127   // because all functions have linkage.
7128   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7129       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7130     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7131     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7132   }
7133 
7134   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7135       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7136     NewFD->addAttr(
7137         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7138                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7139                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7140     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7141                      PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD))
7142       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7143   }
7144 
7145   // Handle attributes.
7146   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7147 
7148   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7149   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7150       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7151   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7152       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7153     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7154     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7155     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7156     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7157     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7158       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7159   }
7160 
7161   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7162     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7163     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7164     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7165     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7166         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7167         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7168       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7169            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7170       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7171     }
7172   }
7173 
7174   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7175     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7176     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7177     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7178       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7179 
7180     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7181       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7182 
7183     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7184       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7185                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7186     else if (!Previous.empty())
7187       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7188       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7189     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7190             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7191            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7192   } else {
7193     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7194     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7195     //
7196     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7197     //
7198     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7199     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7200     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7201         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7202         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7203       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7204            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7205         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7206 
7207     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7208     // argument list into our AST format.
7209     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7210       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7211       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7212       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7213       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7214                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7215       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7216                                  TemplateArgs);
7217 
7218       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7219 
7220       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7221         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7222       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7223         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7224         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7225           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7226 
7227         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7228       } else {
7229         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7230                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7231                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7232         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7233         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7234       }
7235     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7236       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7237       // wrote something like:
7238       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7239       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7240       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7241       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7242       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7243       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7244       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7245     }
7246 
7247     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7248     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7249     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7250     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7251     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7252     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7253         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7254          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7255             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7256             InstantiationDependent))) {
7257       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7258              "friend function specialization without template args");
7259       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7260                                                        Previous))
7261         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7262     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7263       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7264           && !isFriend) {
7265         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7266         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7267           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7268           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7269           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7270       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7271                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7272                                                            : nullptr),
7273                                                      Previous))
7274         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7275 
7276       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7277       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7278       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7279       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7280           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7281       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7282         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7283           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7284                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7285             << SC
7286             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7287                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7288 
7289         else
7290           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7291                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7292             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7293                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7294       }
7295 
7296     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7297       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7298           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7299     }
7300 
7301     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7302     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7303       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7304         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7305 
7306       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7307         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7308 
7309       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7310         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7311                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7312     }
7313 
7314     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7315             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7316            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7317 
7318     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7319                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7320                                 : NewFD);
7321 
7322     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7323       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7324       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7325         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7326 
7327       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7328       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7329     }
7330 
7331     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7332         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7333       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7334 
7335     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7336     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7337     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7338       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7339                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7340       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7341                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7342                                     : nullptr,
7343                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7344                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7345                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7346                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7347                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7348                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7349                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7350                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7351                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7352     }
7353 
7354     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7355       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7356     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7357       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7358                                        AddToScope };
7359       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7360       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7361         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7362 
7363       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7364       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7365         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7366         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7367 
7368         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7369         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7370         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7371         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7372         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7373         // can actually do this check immediately.
7374         if (isFriend &&
7375             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7376              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7377              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7378           // ignore these
7379         } else {
7380           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7381           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7382           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7383           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7384           //
7385           // class X {
7386           //   void f() const;
7387           // };
7388           //
7389           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7390           //
7391           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7392           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7393           // whether the parameter types are references).
7394 
7395           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7396                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7397             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7398             return Result;
7399           }
7400         }
7401 
7402         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7403         // to something.
7404       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7405         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7406                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7407           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7408           return Result;
7409         }
7410       }
7411 
7412     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7413                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7414                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7415                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7416       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7417       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7418       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7419       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7420       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7421       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7422       // generate them.
7423       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7424         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7425     }
7426   }
7427 
7428   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7429   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7430 
7431   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7432 
7433   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7434       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7435     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7436          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7437       << NewFD;
7438 
7439     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7440     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7441     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7442         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7443     EPI.Variadic = true;
7444     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7445 
7446     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7447     NewFD->setType(R);
7448   }
7449 
7450   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7451   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7452   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7453     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7454 
7455   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7456   // marking the function.
7457   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7458 
7459   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7460   // a pragma.
7461   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7462     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7463 
7464   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7465   // the map of such variables.
7466   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7467       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7468     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7469 
7470   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7471   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7472 
7473   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7474     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7475         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7476         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7477   }
7478 
7479   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7480     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7481       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7482         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7483       return FunctionTemplate;
7484     }
7485   }
7486 
7487   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7488     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7489     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7490         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7491       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7492       D.setInvalidType();
7493     }
7494 
7495     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7496     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7497       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7498            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7499       D.setInvalidType();
7500     }
7501 
7502     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7503     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7504       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7505   }
7506 
7507   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7508 
7509   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7510     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7511       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7512           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7513         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7514           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7515             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7516 
7517           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7518         }
7519       }
7520 
7521   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7522   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7523   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7524   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7525     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7526                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7527                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7528                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7529                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7530     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7531     AddToScope = false;
7532   }
7533 
7534   return NewFD;
7535 }
7536 
7537 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7538 ///
7539 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7540 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7541 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7542 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7543 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7544 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7545 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7546 ///
7547 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7548 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7549 ///
7550 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7551 ///
7552 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7553 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7554                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7555                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7556   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7557          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7558 
7559   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7560   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7561   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7562   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7563                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7564 
7565   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7566   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7567 
7568   bool Redeclaration = false;
7569   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7570 
7571   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7572   // the same name, if appropriate.
7573   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7574     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7575     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7576     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7577     // function to the scope.
7578     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7579       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7580       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7581         Redeclaration = true;
7582         OldDecl = Candidate;
7583       }
7584     } else {
7585       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7586                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7587       case Ovl_Match:
7588         Redeclaration = true;
7589         break;
7590 
7591       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7592         Redeclaration = true;
7593         break;
7594 
7595       case Ovl_Overload:
7596         Redeclaration = false;
7597         break;
7598       }
7599 
7600       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7601         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7602         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7603         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7604           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7605         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7606         if (Redeclaration)
7607           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7608         else if (!Previous.empty())
7609           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7610         if (OverloadedDecl)
7611           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7612                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7613         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7614       }
7615     }
7616   }
7617 
7618   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7619   if (!Redeclaration &&
7620       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7621     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7622     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7623       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7624       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7625       Redeclaration = true;
7626       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7627       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7628 
7629       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7630       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7631         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7632           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7633             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7634           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7635                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7636           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7637         }
7638         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7639           Redeclaration = false;
7640           OldDecl = nullptr;
7641         }
7642       }
7643     }
7644   }
7645 
7646   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7647   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7648   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7649   //
7650   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7651   // definition of a static member function.
7652   //
7653   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7654   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7655   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7656   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7657       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7658       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7659     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7660     if (OldDecl)
7661       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7662     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7663       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7664         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7665       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7666       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7667       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7668                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7669 
7670       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7671       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7672       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7673         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7674         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7675                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7676           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7677 
7678         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7679           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7680       }
7681     }
7682   }
7683 
7684   if (Redeclaration) {
7685     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7686     // merged.
7687     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7688       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7689       return Redeclaration;
7690     }
7691 
7692     Previous.clear();
7693     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7694 
7695     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7696                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7697       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7698       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7699         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7700       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7701       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7702             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7703         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7704         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7705       }
7706 
7707       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7708       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7709       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7710           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7711         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7712         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7713       }
7714 
7715     } else {
7716       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7717       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7718 
7719       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7720         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7721         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7722         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7723         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7724 
7725         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7726         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7727         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7728 
7729         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7730         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7731             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7732           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7733           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7734           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7735           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7736           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7737             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7738           }
7739         }
7740       }
7741     }
7742   }
7743 
7744   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7745   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7746     // C++-specific checks.
7747     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7748       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7749     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7750                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7751       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7752       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7753 
7754       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7755       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7756       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7757         DeclarationName Name
7758           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7759                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7760         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7761           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7762           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7763           return Redeclaration;
7764         }
7765       }
7766     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7767                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7768       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7769     }
7770 
7771     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7772     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7773       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7774           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7775           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7776         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7777           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7778           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7779             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7780           }
7781         }
7782       }
7783 
7784       if (Method->isStatic())
7785         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7786     }
7787 
7788     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7789     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7790         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7791       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7792       return Redeclaration;
7793     }
7794 
7795     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7796     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7797         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7798       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7799       return Redeclaration;
7800     }
7801 
7802     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7803     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7804     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7805     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7806       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7807 
7808     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7809     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7810     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7811       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7812       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7813       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7814       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7815         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7816         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7817         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7818       }
7819     }
7820 
7821     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7822     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7823     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7824     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7825     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7826       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7827       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7828         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7829             << NewFD << R;
7830       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7831                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7832         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7833     }
7834   }
7835   return Redeclaration;
7836 }
7837 
7838 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7839   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7840   if (!TSI)
7841     return SourceRange();
7842 
7843   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7844   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7845   if (!FunctionTL)
7846     return SourceRange();
7847 
7848   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc();
7849   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7850     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7851 
7852   return SourceRange();
7853 }
7854 
7855 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7856   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7857   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7858   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7859   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7860   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7861   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7862   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7863   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7864     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7865          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7866       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7867   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7868     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7869       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7870   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7871     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7872     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7873     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7874     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7875       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7876   }
7877   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7878     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7879       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7880     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7881   }
7882 
7883   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7884     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7885         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7886     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7887     return;
7888   }
7889 
7890   QualType T = FD->getType();
7891   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7892   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7893 
7894   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7895   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7896     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7897     // set the flag which tells us that.
7898     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7899     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7900 
7901   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7902   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7903   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7904   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7905     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7906 
7907     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7908     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7909       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7910           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7911 
7912   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7913   } else {
7914     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7915     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7916       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7917           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7918     else
7919       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7920 
7921     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7922   }
7923 
7924   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7925   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7926 
7927   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7928   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
7929   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7930 
7931   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7932 
7933   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7934   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7935   // getting shifty.
7936   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7937     HasExtraParameters = false;
7938 
7939   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7940     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7941     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7942     nparams = 3;
7943   }
7944 
7945   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7946   // if we had some location information about types.
7947 
7948   QualType CharPP =
7949     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7950   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7951 
7952   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7953     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
7954 
7955     bool mismatch = true;
7956 
7957     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7958       mismatch = false;
7959     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7960       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7961       //   char const **
7962       //   char const * const *
7963       //   char * const *
7964 
7965       QualifierCollector qs;
7966       const PointerType* PT;
7967       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7968           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7969           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7970                               Context.CharTy)) {
7971         qs.removeConst();
7972         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7973       }
7974     }
7975 
7976     if (mismatch) {
7977       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7978       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7979       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7980     }
7981   }
7982 
7983   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7984     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7985   }
7986 
7987   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7988     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
7989     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7990   }
7991 }
7992 
7993 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7994   QualType T = FD->getType();
7995   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7996   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7997 
7998   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7999   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8000   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8001       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8002       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8003     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8004     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8005       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8006 
8007   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8008     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8009     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8010   }
8011 }
8012 
8013 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8014   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8015   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8016   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8017   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8018   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8019   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8020   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8021   // rules there don't matter.)
8022   const Expr *Culprit;
8023   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8024     return false;
8025   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8026     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8027   return true;
8028 }
8029 
8030 namespace {
8031   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8032   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8033   class SelfReferenceChecker
8034       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8035     Sema &S;
8036     Decl *OrigDecl;
8037     bool isRecordType;
8038     bool isPODType;
8039     bool isReferenceType;
8040 
8041   public:
8042     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8043 
8044     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8045                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8046       isPODType = false;
8047       isRecordType = false;
8048       isReferenceType = false;
8049       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8050         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8051         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8052         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8053       }
8054     }
8055 
8056     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8057     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8058     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8059     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8060       if (isReferenceType)
8061         return;
8062       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8063       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8064         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8065         return;
8066       }
8067 
8068       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8069         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8070         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8071         return;
8072       }
8073 
8074       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8075         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8076         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8077           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8078           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8079             return;
8080           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8081         }
8082         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8083           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8084         return;
8085       }
8086     }
8087 
8088     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
8089     // bad, not just r-value uses.
8090     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8091       if (isReferenceType)
8092         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8093     }
8094 
8095     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8096       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
8097           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
8098         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8099 
8100       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8101     }
8102 
8103     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8104       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8105       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8106 
8107       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8108       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8109       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8110       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8111       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8112       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8113         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8114           Warn = false;
8115         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8116       }
8117 
8118       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8119         if (Warn)
8120           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8121         return;
8122       }
8123 
8124       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8125       // Visit that expression.
8126       Visit(Base);
8127     }
8128 
8129     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8130       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8131         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8132           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8133 
8134       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8135     }
8136 
8137     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8138       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8139       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8140           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8141         if (!isPODType)
8142           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8143         return;
8144       }
8145       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8146     }
8147 
8148     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8149 
8150     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8151       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8152       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8153       unsigned diag;
8154       if (isReferenceType) {
8155         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8156       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8157         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8158       } else {
8159         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8160       }
8161 
8162       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8163                             S.PDiag(diag)
8164                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8165                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8166                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8167     }
8168   };
8169 
8170   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8171   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8172                                  bool DirectInit) {
8173     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8174     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8175     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8176       return;
8177 
8178     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8179 
8180     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8181     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8182     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8183       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8184         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8185           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8186             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8187               return;
8188 
8189     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8190   }
8191 }
8192 
8193 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8194 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8195 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8196 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8197                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8198   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8199   // the initializer.
8200   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8201     return;
8202 
8203   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8204     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8205     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8206     // Thus this grotesque test.
8207     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8208     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8209         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8210       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8211     else {
8212       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8213         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8214       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8215     }
8216     return;
8217   }
8218 
8219   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8220   if (!VDecl) {
8221     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8222     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8223     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8224     return;
8225   }
8226   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8227 
8228   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8229   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8230     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8231     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8232     // contains exactly one expression.
8233     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8234       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8235         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8236         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8237         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8238              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8239                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8240           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8241           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8242         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8243         return;
8244       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8245         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8246              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8247                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8248                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8249           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8250           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8251         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8252         return;
8253       } else {
8254         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8255         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8256           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8257                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8258             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8259             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8260       }
8261     }
8262 
8263     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8264     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8265     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8266         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8267       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8268       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8269         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8270         return;
8271       }
8272       Init = Result.get();
8273       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8274     }
8275 
8276     QualType DeducedType;
8277     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8278             DAR_Failed)
8279       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8280     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8281       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8282       return;
8283     }
8284     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8285     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8286 
8287     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8288     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8289       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8290 
8291     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8292     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8293     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8294     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8295     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8296         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8297       SourceLocation Loc =
8298           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8299       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8300         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8301     }
8302 
8303     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8304     // the previously declared type.
8305     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8306       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8307       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8308       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8309     }
8310 
8311     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8312     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8313     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8314       return;
8315   }
8316 
8317   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8318   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8319     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8320     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8321     return;
8322   }
8323 
8324   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8325     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8326     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8327     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8328     return;
8329   }
8330 
8331   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8332     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8333     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8334     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8335     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8336     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8337       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8338     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8339                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8340       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8341       return;
8342     }
8343 
8344     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8345     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8346                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8347                                AbstractVariableType))
8348       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8349   }
8350 
8351   const VarDecl *Def;
8352   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8353     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8354       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8355     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8356     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8357     return;
8358   }
8359 
8360   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8361   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8362     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8363     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8364     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8365     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8366     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8367     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8368     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8369     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8370     //
8371     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8372     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8373     // declaration with an initializer.
8374     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8375       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8376           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8377       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8378       return;
8379     }
8380 
8381     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8382       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8383 
8384     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8385       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8386       return;
8387     }
8388   }
8389 
8390   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8391   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8392   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8393     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8394     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8395     return;
8396   }
8397 
8398   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8399   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8400   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8401 
8402   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8403   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8404   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8405       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8406     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8407     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8408       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8409       return;
8410     }
8411     Init = Result.get();
8412   }
8413 
8414   // Perform the initialization.
8415   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8416     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8417     InitializationKind Kind
8418       = DirectInit ?
8419           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8420                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8421                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8422                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8423                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8424                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8425                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8426 
8427     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8428     if (CXXDirectInit)
8429       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8430                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8431 
8432     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8433     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8434     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8435       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8436       return;
8437     }
8438 
8439     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8440   }
8441 
8442   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8443   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8444   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8445   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8446       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8447     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8448   }
8449 
8450   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8451   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8452   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8453   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8454   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8455     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8456 
8457   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8458     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8459 
8460     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8461       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8462 
8463     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8464     // Although this code can still have problems:
8465     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8466     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8467     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8468     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8469     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8470     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
8471         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8472                          Init->getLocStart()))
8473         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8474   }
8475 
8476   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8477   //
8478   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8479   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8480   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8481   //
8482   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8483   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8484   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8485   //
8486   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8487   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8488                                           false,
8489                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8490   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8491     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8492     return;
8493   }
8494   Init = Result.get();
8495 
8496   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8497   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8498 
8499   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8500     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8501     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8502     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8503     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8504       const Expr *Culprit;
8505       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8506         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8507       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8508       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8509       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8510       // constant expressions.
8511       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8512                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8513                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8514         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
8515              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8516           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8517     }
8518   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8519              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8520     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8521     //
8522     // struct S {
8523     //   static const int value = 17;
8524     // };
8525 
8526     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8527     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8528     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8529     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8530     //
8531     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8532     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8533     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8534     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8535     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8536     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8537     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8538     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8539     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8540 
8541     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8542     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8543 
8544     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8545     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8546     // type.
8547     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8548 
8549     // Require constness.
8550     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8551       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8552         << Init->getSourceRange();
8553       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8554 
8555     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8556     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8557       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8558       SourceLocation Loc;
8559       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8560         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8561         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8562         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8563       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8564         ; // Nothing to check.
8565       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8566         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8567       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8568         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8569         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8570         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8571           << Init->getSourceRange();
8572       } else {
8573         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8574         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8575         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8576           << Init->getSourceRange();
8577         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8578       }
8579 
8580     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8581     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8582       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8583       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8584       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8585         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8586              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8587             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8588         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8589              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8590             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8591       } else {
8592         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8593           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8594 
8595         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8596           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8597             << Init->getSourceRange();
8598           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8599         }
8600       }
8601 
8602     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8603     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8604       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8605         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8606         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8607       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8608 
8609     } else {
8610       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8611         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8612       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8613     }
8614   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8615     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8616         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8617          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8618            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8619         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8620       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8621 
8622     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8623     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8624       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8625   }
8626 
8627   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8628   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8629   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8630   //
8631   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8632   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8633   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8634   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8635   // special case code.
8636 
8637   // C++ 8.5p11:
8638   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8639   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8640   // class type.
8641   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8642     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8643     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8644   } else if (DirectInit) {
8645     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8646     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8647   }
8648 
8649   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8650 }
8651 
8652 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8653 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8654 /// of sanity.
8655 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8656   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8657   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8658   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8659 
8660   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8661   if (!VD) return;
8662 
8663   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8664   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8665     D->setInvalidDecl();
8666     return;
8667   }
8668 
8669   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8670   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8671 
8672   // Require a complete type.
8673   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8674                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8675                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8676     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8677     return;
8678   }
8679 
8680   // Require a non-abstract type.
8681   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8682                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8683                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8684     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8685     return;
8686   }
8687 
8688   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8689   // though.
8690 }
8691 
8692 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8693                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8694   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8695   if (!RealDecl)
8696     return;
8697 
8698   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8699     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8700 
8701     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8702     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8703       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8704         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8705       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8706       return;
8707     }
8708 
8709     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8710     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8711     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8712     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8713     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8714     // member.
8715     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8716       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8717         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8718              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8719           << Var->getDeclName();
8720       else
8721         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8722       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8723       return;
8724     }
8725 
8726     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8727     // be initialized.
8728     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8729         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8730         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8731       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8732       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8733       return;
8734     }
8735 
8736     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8737     case VarDecl::Definition:
8738       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8739         break;
8740 
8741       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8742       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8743       // a declaration.
8744       //
8745       // Fall through
8746 
8747     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8748       // It's only a declaration.
8749 
8750       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8751       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8752       // object shall be complete.
8753       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8754           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8755           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8756                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8757         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8758 
8759       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8760       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8761           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8762                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8763                                  AbstractVariableType))
8764         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8765       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8766           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8767         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8768         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8769       }
8770 
8771       return;
8772 
8773     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8774       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8775       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8776       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8777       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8778       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8779       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8780         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8781                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8782           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8783                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8784                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8785             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8786         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8787           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8788           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8789           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8790           // NOTE: code such as the following
8791           //     static struct s;
8792           //     struct s { int a; };
8793           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8794           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8795           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8796           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8797             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8798                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8799         }
8800       }
8801 
8802       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8803       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8804         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8805       return;
8806     }
8807 
8808     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8809     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8810     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8811       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8812            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8813       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8814       return;
8815     }
8816 
8817     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8818     // definitions with reference type.
8819     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8820       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8821         << Var->getDeclName()
8822         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8823       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8824       return;
8825     }
8826 
8827     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8828     // variable with dependent type.
8829     if (Type->isDependentType())
8830       return;
8831 
8832     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8833       return;
8834 
8835     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8836                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8837                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8838       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8839       return;
8840     }
8841 
8842     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8843     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8844                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8845                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8846       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8847       return;
8848     }
8849 
8850     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8851     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8852     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8853     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8854     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8855     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8856     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8857     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8858     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8859     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8860     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8861       if (const RecordType *Record
8862             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8863         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8864         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8865         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8866         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8867         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8868           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8869       }
8870     }
8871 
8872     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8873     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8874     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8875     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8876     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8877     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8878     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8879     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8880     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8881     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8882     //   program is ill-formed.
8883     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8884     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8885     //   default-initialized; [...].
8886     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8887     InitializationKind Kind
8888       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8889 
8890     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8891     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8892     if (Init.isInvalid())
8893       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8894     else if (Init.get()) {
8895       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8896       // This is important for template substitution.
8897       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8898     }
8899 
8900     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8901   }
8902 }
8903 
8904 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8905   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8906   if (!VD) {
8907     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8908     D->setInvalidDecl();
8909     return;
8910   }
8911 
8912   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8913 
8914   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8915   int Error = -1;
8916   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8917   case SC_None:
8918     break;
8919   case SC_Extern:
8920     Error = 0;
8921     break;
8922   case SC_Static:
8923     Error = 1;
8924     break;
8925   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8926     Error = 2;
8927     break;
8928   case SC_Auto:
8929     Error = 3;
8930     break;
8931   case SC_Register:
8932     Error = 4;
8933     break;
8934   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8935     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8936   }
8937   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8938     Error = 5;
8939   if (Error != -1) {
8940     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8941       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8942     D->setInvalidDecl();
8943   }
8944 }
8945 
8946 StmtResult
8947 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
8948                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
8949                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
8950                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
8951   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
8952   //   A range-based for statement of the form
8953   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
8954   //   is equivalent to
8955   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
8956   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
8957 
8958   const char *PrevSpec;
8959   unsigned DiagID;
8960   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
8961                      getPrintingPolicy());
8962 
8963   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
8964   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
8965   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
8966 
8967   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
8968   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
8969                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
8970   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
8971   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8972   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
8973   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
8974                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
8975 }
8976 
8977 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8978   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8979 
8980   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8981   // local retaining variable.
8982   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8983       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8984     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8985     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8986     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8987     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8988       break;
8989 
8990     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8991     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8992       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8993       break;
8994     }
8995   }
8996 
8997   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
8998   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
8999   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9000   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9001   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9002   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9003       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9004       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9005       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9006                                   var->getLocation())) {
9007     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9008     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9009     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9010       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9011 
9012     if (!prev)
9013       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9014   }
9015 
9016   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9017     const Expr *Culprit;
9018     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9019       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9020       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9021       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9022       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9023       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9024         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9025     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9026                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9027                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9028       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9029       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9030       //   initialization.
9031       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9032       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9033         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9034       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9035         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9036     }
9037 
9038   }
9039 
9040   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9041       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9042     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9043     int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read;
9044     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9045       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9046     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9047       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9048       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9049     } else {
9050       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9051       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9052     }
9053     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
9054       var->addAttr(
9055           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9056                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
9057                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9058     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9059       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9060         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9061   }
9062 
9063   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9064   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9065 
9066   QualType type = var->getType();
9067   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9068 
9069   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9070   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9071     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9072     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9073 
9074     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9075     // constructing this copy.
9076     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9077       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9078       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9079       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9080       ExprResult result
9081         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9082             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9083             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9084       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9085         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9086         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9087         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9088       }
9089     }
9090   }
9091 
9092   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9093   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
9094   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9095 
9096   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9097       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9098     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9099         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9100                                     var->getLocation())) {
9101       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9102       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9103       // warned about them.
9104       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9105       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9106           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9107         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9108           << Init->getSourceRange();
9109     }
9110 
9111     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9112       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9113       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9114         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9115         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9116         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9117         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9118               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9119           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9120           Notes.clear();
9121         }
9122         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9123           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9124         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9125           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9126       }
9127     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9128       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9129       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9130       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9131       var->checkInitIsICE();
9132     }
9133   }
9134 
9135   // Require the destructor.
9136   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9137     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9138 }
9139 
9140 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9141 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9142 void
9143 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9144   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9145   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9146 
9147   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9148   if (!VD)
9149     return;
9150 
9151   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9152 
9153   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9154   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9155     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9156             dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9157       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9158         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9159         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9160         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9161       }
9162     }
9163   }
9164 
9165   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9166   if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
9167     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9168         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9169       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9170       // with a warning.
9171       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9172         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9173       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9174           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9175           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9176 
9177       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9178            IsClassTemplateMember
9179                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9180                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9181       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9182       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9183         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9184     }
9185   }
9186 
9187   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9188     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9189       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9190       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9191     }
9192   }
9193 
9194   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9195       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9196     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9197       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9198         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9199             << VD->getDeclName();
9200         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9201         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9202       }
9203     }
9204   }
9205 
9206   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9207   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9208   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9209   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9210     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9211 
9212   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9213   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9214       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9215     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9216 
9217   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9218   // tag values.
9219   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9220       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9221     return;
9222 
9223   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9224     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9225     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9226       continue;
9227     }
9228     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9229     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9230       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9231            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9232         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9233       continue;
9234     }
9235     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9236       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9237            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9238         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9239       continue;
9240     }
9241     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9242     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9243                                MagicValue,
9244                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9245                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9246                                I->getMustBeNull());
9247   }
9248 }
9249 
9250 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9251                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9252   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9253 
9254   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9255     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9256 
9257   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9258   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9259     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9260       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9261         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9262           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9263       Decls.push_back(D);
9264     }
9265 
9266   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9267     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9268       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9269       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9270         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9271     }
9272   }
9273 
9274   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9275 }
9276 
9277 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9278 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9279 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9280 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9281                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9282   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9283   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9284   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9285   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9286   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9287   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9288   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9289   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9290     QualType Deduced;
9291     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9292     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9293     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9294       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9295         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9296         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9297         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9298           break;
9299         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9300         if (!U.isNull()) {
9301           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9302           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9303             Deduced = U;
9304             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9305             DeducedDecl = D;
9306           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9307             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9308                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9309               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9310               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9311               << U << D->getDeclName()
9312               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9313               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9314             D->setInvalidDecl();
9315             break;
9316           }
9317         }
9318       }
9319     }
9320   }
9321 
9322   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9323 
9324   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9325       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9326 }
9327 
9328 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9329   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9330 }
9331 
9332 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9333   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9334   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9335    return;
9336 
9337   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation()))
9338     return;
9339 
9340   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9341     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9342     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9343     // additional declaration references:
9344     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9345     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9346     //   'struct S *pS;'
9347     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9348     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9349     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9350       Group = Group.slice(1);
9351     }
9352   }
9353 
9354   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9355   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9356   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9357       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9358     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9359     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9360     //
9361     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9362     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9363     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9364     // ahead through comments.
9365     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9366       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9367   }
9368 }
9369 
9370 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9371 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9372 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9373   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9374 
9375   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9376 
9377   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9378   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9379   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9380     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9381   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9382              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9383     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9384   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9385     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9386          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9387     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9388   }
9389 
9390   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9391     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9392       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9393   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9394     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9395       << 0;
9396 
9397   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9398 
9399   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9400   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9401 
9402   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9403     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9404     // parameter.
9405     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9406 
9407     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9408     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9409       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9410         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9411       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9412     }
9413   }
9414 
9415   // Ensure we have a valid name
9416   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9417   if (D.hasName()) {
9418     II = D.getIdentifier();
9419     if (!II) {
9420       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9421         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9422       D.setInvalidType(true);
9423     }
9424   }
9425 
9426   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9427   if (II) {
9428     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9429                    ForRedeclaration);
9430     LookupName(R, S);
9431     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9432       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9433       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9434         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9435         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9436         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9437         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9438       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9439         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9440         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9441 
9442         // Recover by removing the name
9443         II = nullptr;
9444         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9445         D.setInvalidType(true);
9446       }
9447     }
9448   }
9449 
9450   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9451   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9452   // looking like class members in C++.
9453   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9454                                     D.getLocStart(),
9455                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9456                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9457                                     StorageClass);
9458 
9459   if (D.isInvalidType())
9460     New->setInvalidDecl();
9461 
9462   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9463   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9464   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9465                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9466 
9467   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9468   S->AddDecl(New);
9469   if (II)
9470     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9471 
9472   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9473 
9474   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9475     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9476       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9477       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9478       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9479 
9480   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9481     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9482   }
9483   return New;
9484 }
9485 
9486 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9487 /// typedef.
9488 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9489                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9490                                               QualType T) {
9491   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9492      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9493      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9494   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
9495                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9496                                            SC_None, nullptr);
9497   Param->setImplicit();
9498   return Param;
9499 }
9500 
9501 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9502                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9503   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9504   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9505   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9506     return;
9507 
9508   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9509     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9510         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9511       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9512         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9513     }
9514   }
9515 }
9516 
9517 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9518                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9519                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9520                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9521   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9522     return;
9523 
9524   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9525   // threshold.
9526   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9527     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9528     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9529       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9530           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9531   }
9532 
9533   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9534   // threshold.
9535   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9536     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9537     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9538       continue;
9539     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9540     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9541       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9542           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9543   }
9544 }
9545 
9546 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9547                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9548                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9549                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9550   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9551   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9552       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9553       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9554 
9555     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9556 
9557     // Special cases for arrays:
9558     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9559     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9560     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9561       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9562         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9563             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9564             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9565       }
9566       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9567     } else {
9568       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9569     }
9570     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9571   }
9572 
9573   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9574                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9575                                          TSInfo,
9576                                          StorageClass, nullptr);
9577 
9578   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9579   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9580   // the class has been completely parsed.
9581   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9582       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9583                              AbstractParamType))
9584     New->setInvalidDecl();
9585 
9586   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9587   // passed by reference.
9588   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9589     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9590     Diag(NameLoc,
9591          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9592       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9593     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9594     New->setType(T);
9595   }
9596 
9597   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9598   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9599   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9600   // an address space.
9601   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9602     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9603     // to be qualified with an address space.
9604     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9605       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9606       New->setInvalidDecl();
9607     }
9608   }
9609 
9610   return New;
9611 }
9612 
9613 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9614                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9615   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9616 
9617   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9618   // for a K&R function.
9619   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9620     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9621       --i;
9622       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
9623         SmallString<256> Code;
9624         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
9625             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
9626         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9627             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
9628             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9629 
9630         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9631         // type.
9632         AttributeFactory attrs;
9633         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9634         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9635         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9636         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
9637                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9638         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9639         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9640         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9641         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9642         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9643         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9644       }
9645     }
9646   }
9647 }
9648 
9649 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9650   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
9651   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9652   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9653 
9654   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9655   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9656   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9657 }
9658 
9659 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
9660   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
9661 }
9662 
9663 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9664                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9665   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9666   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9667     return false;
9668 
9669   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9670   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9671     return false;
9672 
9673   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9674   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9675     return false;
9676 
9677   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9678   if (FD->isMain())
9679     return false;
9680 
9681   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9682   if (FD->isInlined())
9683     return false;
9684 
9685   // Don't warn about function templates.
9686   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9687     return false;
9688 
9689   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9690   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9691     return false;
9692 
9693   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9694   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9695     return false;
9696 
9697   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9698   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9699        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9700     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9701     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9702     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9703       continue;
9704 
9705     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9706     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9707       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9708     break;
9709   }
9710 
9711   return MissingPrototype;
9712 }
9713 
9714 void
9715 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9716                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9717   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9718   // was an extern inline function.
9719   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9720   if (!Definition)
9721     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9722       return;
9723 
9724   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9725     return;
9726 
9727   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9728       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9729     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9730         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9731   else
9732     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9733 
9734   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9735   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9736 }
9737 
9738 
9739 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9740                                    Sema &S) {
9741   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9742 
9743   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9744   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9745   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9746   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9747   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9748 
9749   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9750     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9751   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9752     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9753   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9754     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9755   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9756 
9757   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9758   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9759 
9760   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9761   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9762   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
9763     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
9764       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
9765       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9766         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9767       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9768       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9769       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9770           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
9771           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
9772                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9773           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9774 
9775     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
9776       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
9777                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9778     }
9779   }
9780 }
9781 
9782 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9783   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9784   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9785 
9786   if (!D)
9787     return D;
9788   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9789 
9790   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9791     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9792   else
9793     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9794   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9795   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9796   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9797   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9798   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9799   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9800   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9801   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9802   // have the LSI properly restored.
9803   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9804     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9805       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9806       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9807     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9808   }
9809   else
9810     // Enter a new function scope
9811     PushFunctionScope();
9812 
9813   // See if this is a redefinition.
9814   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9815     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9816 
9817   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9818   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9819     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9820         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9821       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9822       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9823     }
9824   }
9825 
9826   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9827   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9828   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9829   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9830       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9831       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9832                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9833     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9834 
9835   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9836   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9837   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9838   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9839   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9840   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
9841   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9842     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9843 
9844     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9845       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9846       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9847       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9848               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9849         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9850         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9851           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9852                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9853             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9854             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9855       }
9856     }
9857   }
9858 
9859   if (FnBodyScope)
9860     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9861 
9862   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9863   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9864                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9865 
9866   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9867   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
9868     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9869 
9870     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9871     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9872       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9873 
9874       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9875     }
9876   }
9877 
9878   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9879   // introduce them into the function scope.
9880   if (FnBodyScope) {
9881     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9882              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9883              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9884          I != E; ++I) {
9885       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9886 
9887       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9888       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9889       // and reattach to the current context.
9890       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9891         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9892         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
9893           if (DI == D) {
9894             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9895             break;
9896           }
9897         }
9898         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9899         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9900       }
9901 
9902       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9903       if (!D->getName().empty())
9904         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9905 
9906       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9907       // accessible in this scope.
9908       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9909         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
9910           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9911       }
9912     }
9913   }
9914 
9915   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9916   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9917     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9918 
9919   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
9920   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
9921       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
9922     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
9923     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
9924     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9925     return D;
9926   }
9927   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9928   // a function template).
9929   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9930   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
9931       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
9932       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
9933     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
9934 
9935   return D;
9936 }
9937 
9938 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9939 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9940 /// optimization.
9941 ///
9942 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9943 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9944 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9945 /// use the named return value optimization.
9946 ///
9947 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9948 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
9949 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
9950 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9951   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9952 
9953   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9954     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
9955       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
9956         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
9957     }
9958   }
9959 }
9960 
9961 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
9962   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
9963   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9964     return false;
9965 
9966   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
9967   // return type (yet).
9968   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
9969     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
9970     // we can still delay parsing it.
9971     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
9972       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
9973       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
9974           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
9975         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
9976         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
9977       }
9978     }
9979     return false;
9980   }
9981 
9982   return true;
9983 }
9984 
9985 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9986   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9987   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9988   // rest of the file.
9989   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9990   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9991   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
9992     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9993       return false;
9994   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
9995 }
9996 
9997 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9998   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9999     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10000   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10001     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10002   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10003 }
10004 
10005 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10006   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10007 }
10008 
10009 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10010                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10011   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10012 
10013   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10014   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10015 
10016   if (FD) {
10017     FD->setBody(Body);
10018 
10019     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10020         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10021       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10022       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10023       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10024       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10025         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10026             << FD->getReturnType();
10027         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10028       } else {
10029         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10030         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
10031             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
10032         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10033             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10034       }
10035     }
10036 
10037     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10038     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10039     // is the first declaration.
10040     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10041       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10042         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10043       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10044                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10045                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10046         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10047     }
10048 
10049     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10050     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10051     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10052       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10053 
10054     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10055     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10056     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10057       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
10058 
10059     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10060       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10061       if (Body)
10062         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10063       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10064                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10065 
10066       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
10067       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10068         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10069 
10070       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10071       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10072       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10073       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10074           !FD->isDependentContext())
10075         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10076     }
10077 
10078     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10079            "Function parsing confused");
10080   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10081     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10082     MD->setBody(Body);
10083     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10084       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10085       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10086                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10087 
10088       if (Body)
10089         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10090     }
10091     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10092       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10093         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10094       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10095     }
10096     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10097       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10098       bool isDesignated =
10099           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10100       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10101       (void)isDesignated;
10102 
10103       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10104         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10105         if (!IFace)
10106           return false;
10107         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10108         if (!SuperD)
10109           return false;
10110         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10111             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10112       };
10113       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10114       // of NSObject.
10115       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10116         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10117              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10118         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10119              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10120       }
10121       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10122     }
10123     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10124       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10125       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10126         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10127       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10128     }
10129   } else {
10130     return nullptr;
10131   }
10132 
10133   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10134          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10135          "handled in the block above.");
10136 
10137   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10138   if (Body) {
10139     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10140     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10141     // Verify this.
10142     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10143       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10144 
10145     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10146     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10147         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10148       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10149 
10150     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10151       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10152         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10153 
10154       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10155                                              Destructor->getParent());
10156     }
10157 
10158     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10159     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10160     // deletion in some later function.
10161     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10162         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10163       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10164     }
10165     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10166         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10167       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10168       // enabled.
10169       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10170     }
10171 
10172     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10173         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10174          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10175       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10176 
10177     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10178     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10179     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10180            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10181   }
10182 
10183   if (!IsInstantiation)
10184     PopDeclContext();
10185 
10186   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10187   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10188   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10189   // deletion in some later function.
10190   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10191     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10192   }
10193 
10194   return dcl;
10195 }
10196 
10197 
10198 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10199 /// relevant Decl.
10200 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10201                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10202   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10203   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10204     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10205   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10206 
10207   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10208     if (Method->isStatic())
10209       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10210 }
10211 
10212 
10213 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10214 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10215 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10216                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10217   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10218   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10219   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10220   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10221   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10222     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10223     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10224     return ExternCPrev;
10225   }
10226 
10227   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10228   unsigned diag_id;
10229   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10230     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10231   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10232     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10233   else
10234     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10235   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10236 
10237   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10238   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10239   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10240     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10241     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10242     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10243                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator,
10244                                       CTK_NonError)))
10245       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10246                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10247   }
10248 
10249   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10250   const char *Dummy;
10251   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10252   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10253   unsigned DiagID;
10254   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10255                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10256   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10257   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10258   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10259   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10260   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10261                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10262                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10263                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10264                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10265                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10266                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10267                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10268                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10269                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10270                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10271                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10272                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10273                                              EST_None,
10274                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10275                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10276                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10277                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10278                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10279                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10280                 DS.getAttributes(),
10281                 SourceLocation());
10282   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10283 
10284   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10285 
10286   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10287   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10288 
10289   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10290   FD->setImplicit();
10291 
10292   CurContext = PrevDC;
10293 
10294   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10295 
10296   return FD;
10297 }
10298 
10299 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10300 /// the declaration of this function.
10301 ///
10302 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10303 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10304 /// like NSLog or printf.
10305 ///
10306 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10307 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10308 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10309   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10310     return;
10311 
10312   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10313   // actual attributes.
10314   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10315     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10316     unsigned FormatIdx;
10317     bool HasVAListArg;
10318     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10319       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10320         const char *fmt = "printf";
10321         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10322         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10323             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10324           fmt = "NSString";
10325         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10326                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10327                                                FormatIdx+1,
10328                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10329                                                FD->getLocation()));
10330       }
10331     }
10332     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10333                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10334      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10335        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10336                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10337                                               FormatIdx+1,
10338                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10339                                               FD->getLocation()));
10340     }
10341 
10342     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10343     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10344     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10345     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10346         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10347       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10348         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10349     }
10350 
10351     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10352         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10353       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10354                                          FD->getLocation()));
10355     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10356       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10357     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10358       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10359   }
10360 
10361   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10362   if (!Name)
10363     return;
10364   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10365        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10366       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10367        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10368        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10369     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10370     // about.
10371   } else
10372     return;
10373 
10374   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10375     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10376     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10377     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10378       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10379                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10380                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10381                                              FD->getLocation()));
10382   }
10383 
10384   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10385     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10386     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10387     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10388       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10389                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10390   }
10391 }
10392 
10393 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10394                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10395   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10396   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10397 
10398   if (!TInfo) {
10399     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10400     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10401   }
10402 
10403   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10404   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10405                                            D.getLocStart(),
10406                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10407                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10408                                            TInfo);
10409 
10410   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10411   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10412     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10413     return NewTD;
10414   }
10415 
10416   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10417     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10418       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10419         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10420         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10421         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10422     else
10423       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10424   }
10425 
10426   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10427   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10428   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10429   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10430   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10431   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10432   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10433   case TST_enum:
10434   case TST_struct:
10435   case TST_interface:
10436   case TST_union:
10437   case TST_class: {
10438     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10439 
10440     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10441     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10442     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10443     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10444 
10445     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10446     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10447 
10448     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10449     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10450       break;
10451 
10452     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10453     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10454     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10455     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10456     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10457     // for how to handle it.
10458     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10459       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10460 
10461       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10462       tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
10463 
10464       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10465       textToInsert += ' ';
10466       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10467       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10468         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10469       break;
10470     }
10471 
10472     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10473     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10474     break;
10475   }
10476 
10477   default:
10478     break;
10479   }
10480 
10481   return NewTD;
10482 }
10483 
10484 
10485 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10486 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10487   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10488   QualType T = TI->getType();
10489 
10490   if (T->isDependentType())
10491     return false;
10492 
10493   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10494     if (BT->isInteger())
10495       return false;
10496 
10497   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10498   return true;
10499 }
10500 
10501 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10502 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10503 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10504                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10505                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10506   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10507 
10508   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10509     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10510       << Prev->isScoped();
10511     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10512     return true;
10513   }
10514 
10515   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10516     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10517         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10518         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10519                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10520       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10521       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10522         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10523       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10524           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10525       return true;
10526     }
10527   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10528     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10529       << Prev->isFixed();
10530     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10531     return true;
10532   }
10533 
10534   return false;
10535 }
10536 
10537 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10538 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10539 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10540 ///
10541 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10542 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10543   switch (Tag) {
10544   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10545   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10546   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10547   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10548   }
10549 }
10550 
10551 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10552 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10553 ///
10554 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10555 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10556 {
10557   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10558 }
10559 
10560 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10561 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10562 ///
10563 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10564 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10565                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10566                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10567                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10568   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10569   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10570   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10571   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10572   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10573   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10574   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10575   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10576   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10577   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10578   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10579   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10580   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10581   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10582   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10583     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10584       return true;
10585 
10586   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10587     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10588     bool isTemplate = false;
10589     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10590       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10591 
10592     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10593       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10594       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10595       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10596         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10597         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10598       return true;
10599     }
10600 
10601     if (isDefinition) {
10602       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10603       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10604       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10605         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10606         return true;
10607       }
10608 
10609       bool previousMismatch = false;
10610       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
10611         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10612           if (!previousMismatch) {
10613             previousMismatch = true;
10614             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10615               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10616               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10617           }
10618           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10619             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10620             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10621                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10622         }
10623       }
10624       return true;
10625     }
10626 
10627     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10628     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10629     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10630     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10631                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10632     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10633       return true;
10634     }
10635 
10636     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10637       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10638       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10639     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10640 
10641     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10642     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10643         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10644           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10645           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10646                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10647     }
10648 
10649     return true;
10650   }
10651   return false;
10652 }
10653 
10654 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10655 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10656 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10657 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10658 ///
10659 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10660 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10661 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10662                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10663                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10664                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10665                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10666                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10667                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10668                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10669                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10670                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10671                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10672   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10673   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10674   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10675          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10676   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10677 
10678   OwnedDecl = false;
10679   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10680   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10681 
10682   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10683   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10684   bool Invalid = false;
10685 
10686   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10687   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10688   // for non-C++ cases.
10689   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10690       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10691     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10692             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10693                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
10694                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10695       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10696         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10697         return nullptr;
10698       }
10699 
10700       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10701         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10702         // be a member of another template).
10703 
10704         if (Invalid)
10705           return nullptr;
10706 
10707         OwnedDecl = false;
10708         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10709                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10710                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10711                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10712                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10713                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10714         return Result.get();
10715       } else {
10716         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10717         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10718           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10719         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10720       }
10721     }
10722   }
10723 
10724   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10725   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10726   // redeclaration.
10727   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10728 
10729   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10730     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10731       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10732       // type, default to int.
10733       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10734     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10735       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10736       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10737       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
10738       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10739       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10740 
10741       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10742         // Recover by falling back to int.
10743         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10744 
10745       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10746                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10747         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10748 
10749     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10750       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10751       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10752   }
10753 
10754   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10755   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10756   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10757 
10758   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10759   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10760     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10761 
10762   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10763   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10764   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10765     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10766 
10767     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10768     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10769       Name = nullptr;
10770       goto CreateNewDecl;
10771     }
10772 
10773     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10774     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10775     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10776       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10777       if (!DC) {
10778         IsDependent = true;
10779         return nullptr;
10780       }
10781     } else {
10782       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10783       if (!DC) {
10784         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10785           << SS.getRange();
10786         return nullptr;
10787       }
10788     }
10789 
10790     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10791       return nullptr;
10792 
10793     SearchDC = DC;
10794     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10795     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10796 
10797     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10798       return nullptr;
10799 
10800     if (Previous.empty()) {
10801       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10802       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10803       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10804       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10805       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10806       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10807       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10808           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10809         IsDependent = true;
10810         return nullptr;
10811       }
10812 
10813       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10814       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10815         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10816       Name = nullptr;
10817       Invalid = true;
10818       goto CreateNewDecl;
10819     }
10820   } else if (Name) {
10821     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10822     // declaration or definition.
10823     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10824     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10825     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10826     LookupName(Previous, S);
10827 
10828     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10829     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10830     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10831         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10832       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10833       while (F.hasNext()) {
10834         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10835         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10836           F.erase();
10837       }
10838       F.done();
10839     }
10840 
10841     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10842     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10843     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10844     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10845     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10846     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10847     //
10848     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10849     // semantic context?
10850     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10851       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10852       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10853       while (F.hasNext()) {
10854         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10855         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10856         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10857             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10858           F.erase();
10859           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10860         }
10861       }
10862       F.done();
10863     }
10864 
10865     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10866     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10867       return nullptr;
10868 
10869     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10870       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10871       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10872       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10873       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10874       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10875         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10876     }
10877   }
10878 
10879   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10880       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10881     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10882     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10883     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10884     Previous.clear();
10885   }
10886 
10887   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10888       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10889     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10890     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10891 
10892     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10893       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10894       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10895       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10896       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10897     }
10898   }
10899 
10900   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10901   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10902   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10903   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10904   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10905       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10906     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10907     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10908 
10909     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10910       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10911       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10912       //
10913       //          class-key identifier
10914       //
10915       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10916       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10917       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10918       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10919       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10920       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10921       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10922       //      declaration.
10923       //
10924       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10925       // C structs and unions.
10926       //
10927       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10928       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10929       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10930       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10931       //
10932       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10933       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10934       //
10935       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10936       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10937       // lexical context,
10938       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10939         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10940 
10941       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10942       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10943              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10944               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10945              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10946              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10947         S = S->getParent();
10948     } else {
10949       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10950       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10951       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10952       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10953       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10954       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10955     }
10956 
10957     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10958     // diagnose some problems.
10959     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10960       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10961       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10962     }
10963   }
10964 
10965   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10966     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10967     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
10968         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
10969 
10970     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10971     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10972     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10973     // in C++.
10974     //
10975     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10976     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10977     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10978     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10979     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10980       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10981         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10982           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10983           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10984               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10985                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10986             PrevDecl = Tag;
10987             Previous.clear();
10988             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10989             Previous.resolveKind();
10990           }
10991         }
10992       }
10993     }
10994 
10995     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10996       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10997       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10998       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10999       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11000           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11001                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11002         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11003         // struct or something similar.
11004         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11005                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11006                                           *Name)) {
11007           bool SafeToContinue
11008             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11009                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11010           if (SafeToContinue)
11011             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11012               << Name
11013               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11014                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11015           else
11016             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11017           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11018 
11019           if (SafeToContinue)
11020             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11021           else {
11022             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11023             Name = nullptr;
11024             Previous.clear();
11025             Invalid = true;
11026           }
11027         }
11028 
11029         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11030           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11031 
11032           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11033           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11034           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11035             if (ScopedEnum)
11036               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11037                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11038                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11039             return PrevTagDecl;
11040           }
11041 
11042           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11043           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11044             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11045           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11046             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11047 
11048           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11049           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11050           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11051           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11052                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11053             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11054         }
11055 
11056         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11057         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11058         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11059         //   and then later defined.
11060         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11061             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11062           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11063           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11064         }
11065 
11066         if (!Invalid) {
11067           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11068           // we have attributes.
11069 
11070           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11071           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11072           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11073           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11074           if (!Attr &&
11075               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11076                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11077                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11078             return PrevTagDecl;
11079 
11080           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11081           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11082             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11083               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11084               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11085               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11086               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11087               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11088                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11089                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11090                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11091                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11092                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11093                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11094                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11095                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11096               }
11097 
11098               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11099                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11100                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11101                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11102                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11103                 else
11104                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11105                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11106                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11107                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11108                 // references get the previous definition.
11109                 Name = nullptr;
11110                 Previous.clear();
11111                 Invalid = true;
11112               }
11113             } else {
11114               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11115               // about a nested redefinition.
11116               const TagType *Tag
11117                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
11118               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11119                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11120                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11121                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11122                 Name = nullptr;
11123                 Previous.clear();
11124                 Invalid = true;
11125               }
11126             }
11127 
11128             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11129             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11130           }
11131 
11132           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11133           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11134           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11135           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11136             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11137             AS = AS_none;
11138           }
11139         }
11140         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11141         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11142 
11143       } else {
11144         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11145         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11146         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11147         // have distinct types.
11148         Previous.clear();
11149       }
11150       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11151       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11152       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11153 
11154 
11155     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11156     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11157     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11158     } else {
11159       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11160       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11161       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11162       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11163           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11164         unsigned Kind = 0;
11165         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11166         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11167         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11168         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11169         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11170         Invalid = true;
11171 
11172       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11173       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11174                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11175         // do nothing
11176 
11177       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11178       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11179         unsigned Kind = 0;
11180         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11181         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11182         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11183         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11184         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11185         Invalid = true;
11186 
11187       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11188       // case here.
11189       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11190         unsigned Kind = 0;
11191         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11192         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11193           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11194         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11195         Invalid = true;
11196 
11197       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11198       } else {
11199         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11200         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11201         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11202         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11203         Name = nullptr;
11204         Invalid = true;
11205       }
11206 
11207       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11208       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11209       Previous.clear();
11210     }
11211   }
11212 
11213 CreateNewDecl:
11214 
11215   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11216   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11217     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11218 
11219   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11220   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11221   // keyword.
11222   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11223 
11224   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11225   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11226   // PrevDecl.
11227   TagDecl *New;
11228 
11229   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11230   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11231     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11232     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11233     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11234                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11235                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11236     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11237     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11238       TagDecl *Def;
11239       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11240           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11241         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11242         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11243       }
11244       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11245         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11246           << New;
11247         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11248       } else {
11249         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11250         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11251           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11252         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11253           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11254         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11255 
11256         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11257         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11258         // the declaration context.
11259         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11260           IsForwardReference = true;
11261       }
11262     }
11263 
11264     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11265       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11266       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11267         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11268       else
11269         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11270       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11271     }
11272 
11273   } else {
11274     // struct/union/class
11275 
11276     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11277     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11278     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11279       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11280       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11281                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11282 
11283       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11284         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11285     } else
11286       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11287                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11288   }
11289 
11290   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11291   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11292   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11293     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11294       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11295     Invalid = true;
11296   }
11297 
11298   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11299   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11300     if (SS.isSet()) {
11301       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11302       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11303       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11304       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11305       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11306       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11307           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11308           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11309         Invalid = true;
11310 
11311       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11312       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11313         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11314                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11315                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11316       }
11317     }
11318     else
11319       Invalid = true;
11320   }
11321 
11322   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11323     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11324     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11325     //
11326     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11327     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11328     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11329     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11330     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11331     // parsing of the struct).
11332     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11333       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11334       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11335     }
11336   }
11337 
11338   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11339     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11340       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11341         << 2
11342         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11343     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11344     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11345     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11346     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11347       New->setModulePrivate();
11348   }
11349 
11350   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11351   // check the specialization.
11352   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11353     Invalid = true;
11354 
11355   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11356   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11357   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11358   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11359       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11360     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11361       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
11362       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
11363       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
11364         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
11365             << Name;
11366         Invalid = true;
11367       }
11368     } else {
11369       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11370     }
11371     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11372   }
11373 
11374   if (Invalid)
11375     New->setInvalidDecl();
11376 
11377   if (Attr)
11378     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11379 
11380   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11381   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11382   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11383 
11384   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11385   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11386   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11387   // the tag name visible.
11388   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11389     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
11390                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
11391 
11392   // Set the access specifier.
11393   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11394     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11395 
11396   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11397     New->startDefinition();
11398 
11399   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11400   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11401     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11402     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11403     if (PrevDecl)
11404       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11405 
11406     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11407     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11408     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11409       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11410         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11411   } else if (Name) {
11412     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11413     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11414     if (IsForwardReference)
11415       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11416 
11417   } else {
11418     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11419   }
11420 
11421   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11422   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11423     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11424         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11425         II->isStr("FILE"))
11426       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11427 
11428   if (PrevDecl)
11429     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11430 
11431   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11432   // record.
11433   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11434 
11435   OwnedDecl = true;
11436   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11437   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11438   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
11439 }
11440 
11441 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11442   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11443   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11444 
11445   // Enter the tag context.
11446   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11447 
11448   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11449 
11450   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11451   // record.
11452   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11453 }
11454 
11455 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11456   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11457          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11458   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11459   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11460       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11461   CurContext = OCD;
11462   return IDecl;
11463 }
11464 
11465 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11466                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11467                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11468                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11469   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11470   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11471 
11472   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11473 
11474   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11475     return;
11476 
11477   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11478     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11479                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11480 
11481   // C++ [class]p2:
11482   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11483   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11484   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11485   //   as if it were a public member name.
11486   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11487     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11488                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11489                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11490                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
11491                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11492   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11493   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11494   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11495   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11496       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11497   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11498   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11499          "Broken injected-class-name");
11500 }
11501 
11502 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11503                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11504   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11505   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11506   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11507 
11508   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11509   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11510     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11511     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11512       RD->completeDefinition();
11513   }
11514 
11515   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11516     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11517 
11518   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11519   PopDeclContext();
11520 
11521   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11522       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11523     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11524 
11525   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11526   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11527     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11528 }
11529 
11530 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11531   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11532   PopDeclContext();
11533 }
11534 
11535 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11536   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11537   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11538   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11539 }
11540 
11541 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11542   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11543   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
11544 }
11545 
11546 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11547   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11548   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11549   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11550 
11551   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11552   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11553     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11554       RD->completeDefinition();
11555   }
11556 
11557   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11558   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11559   // the FieldCollector.
11560 
11561   PopDeclContext();
11562 }
11563 
11564 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11565 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11566                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11567                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11568                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11569   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11570   if (ZeroWidth)
11571     *ZeroWidth = true;
11572 
11573   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11574   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11575   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11576     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11577     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11578       return ExprError();
11579     if (FieldName)
11580       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11581         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11582     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11583       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11584   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11585                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11586     return ExprError();
11587 
11588   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11589   // it now.
11590   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11591     return BitWidth;
11592 
11593   llvm::APSInt Value;
11594   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11595   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11596     return ICE;
11597   BitWidth = ICE.get();
11598 
11599   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11600     *ZeroWidth = false;
11601 
11602   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11603   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11604     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11605 
11606   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11607     if (FieldName)
11608       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11609                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11610     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11611       << Value.toString(10);
11612   }
11613 
11614   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11615     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11616     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11617       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11618           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11619         if (FieldName)
11620           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11621             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11622             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11623 
11624         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11625           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11626       }
11627 
11628       if (FieldName)
11629         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11630           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11631           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11632       else
11633         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11634           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11635     }
11636   }
11637 
11638   return BitWidth;
11639 }
11640 
11641 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11642 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11643 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11644                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11645   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11646                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11647                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11648   return Res;
11649 }
11650 
11651 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11652 ///
11653 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11654                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11655                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11656                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11657                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11658   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11659   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11660   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11661 
11662   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11663   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11664   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11665     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11666 
11667     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11668                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11669       D.setInvalidType();
11670       T = Context.IntTy;
11671       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11672     }
11673   }
11674 
11675   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11676   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11677     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11678     D.setInvalidType();
11679   }
11680 
11681   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11682   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11683   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11684     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11685     D.setInvalidType();
11686   }
11687 
11688   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11689 
11690   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11691     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11692          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11693       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11694 
11695   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11696   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11697   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11698   LookupName(Previous, S);
11699   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11700     case LookupResult::Found:
11701     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11702       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11703       break;
11704 
11705     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11706       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11707       break;
11708 
11709     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11710     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11711     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11712       break;
11713   }
11714   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11715 
11716   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11717     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11718     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11719     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11720     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11721   }
11722 
11723   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11724     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11725 
11726   bool Mutable
11727     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11728   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11729   FieldDecl *NewFD
11730     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11731                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11732 
11733   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11734     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11735 
11736   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11737     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11738 
11739   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11740     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11741     // with the same name in the same scope.
11742   } else if (II) {
11743     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11744   } else
11745     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11746 
11747   return NewFD;
11748 }
11749 
11750 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11751 ///
11752 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11753 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11754 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11755 /// created.
11756 ///
11757 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11758 ///
11759 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11760 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11761                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11762                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11763                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11764                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11765                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11766                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11767                                 Declarator *D) {
11768   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11769   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11770   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11771 
11772   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11773   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11774   if (T.isNull()) {
11775     InvalidDecl = true;
11776     T = Context.IntTy;
11777   }
11778 
11779   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11780   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11781     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11782       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11783       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11784       InvalidDecl = true;
11785     } else {
11786       NamedDecl *Def;
11787       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11788       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11789         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11790         InvalidDecl = true;
11791       }
11792     }
11793   }
11794 
11795   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11796   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11797     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11798     InvalidDecl = true;
11799   }
11800 
11801   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11802   // than a variably modified type.
11803   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11804     bool SizeIsNegative;
11805     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11806 
11807     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11808       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11809                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11810                                                     Oversized);
11811     if (FixedTInfo) {
11812       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11813       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11814       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11815     } else {
11816       if (SizeIsNegative)
11817         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11818       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11819         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11820           << Oversized.toString(10);
11821       else
11822         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11823       InvalidDecl = true;
11824     }
11825   }
11826 
11827   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11828   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11829                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11830                                              AbstractFieldType))
11831     InvalidDecl = true;
11832 
11833   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11834   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11835   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11836     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11837                               &ZeroWidth).get();
11838     if (!BitWidth) {
11839       InvalidDecl = true;
11840       BitWidth = nullptr;
11841       ZeroWidth = false;
11842     }
11843   }
11844 
11845   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11846   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11847     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11848     if (T->isReferenceType())
11849       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11850     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11851       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11852 
11853     if (DiagID) {
11854       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11855       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11856         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11857       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11858       Mutable = false;
11859       InvalidDecl = true;
11860     }
11861   }
11862 
11863   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
11864   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
11865   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
11866   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
11867     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
11868 
11869   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11870                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11871   if (InvalidDecl)
11872     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11873 
11874   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11875     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11876     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11877     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11878   }
11879 
11880   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11881     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11882       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11883         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11884         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11885           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11886           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11887           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11888           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11889           // objects.
11890           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11891             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11892         }
11893       }
11894 
11895       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11896       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11897       // enabled.
11898       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11899         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11900                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11901                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11902           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11903         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11904           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11905       }
11906     }
11907   }
11908 
11909   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11910   // representation, not a parser representation.
11911   if (D) {
11912     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11913     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11914 
11915     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11916       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11917   }
11918 
11919   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11920   // retainable type.
11921   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11922     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11923 
11924   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11925     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11926 
11927   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11928   return NewFD;
11929 }
11930 
11931 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11932   assert(FD);
11933   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11934 
11935   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11936     return false;
11937 
11938   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11939   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11940     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11941     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11942       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11943       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11944       // copy constructors.
11945 
11946       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11947       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11948       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11949       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11950       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11951       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11952       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11953         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11954       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11955         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11956       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11957         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11958       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11959         member = CXXDestructor;
11960 
11961       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11962         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11963             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11964           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11965           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11966           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11967           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11968           // members unavailable.
11969           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11970           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11971             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11972               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
11973                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
11974                                   Loc));
11975             return false;
11976           }
11977         }
11978 
11979         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11980                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11981                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11982           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11983         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11984         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11985       }
11986     }
11987   }
11988 
11989   return false;
11990 }
11991 
11992 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11993 ///  AST enum value.
11994 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11995 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11996   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11997   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11998   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11999   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12000   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12001   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12002   }
12003 }
12004 
12005 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12006 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12007 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12008                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12009                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12010                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12011 
12012   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12013   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12014   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12015   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12016 
12017   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12018   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12019 
12020   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12021   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12022 
12023   if (BitWidth) {
12024     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12025     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12026     if (!BitWidth)
12027       D.setInvalidType();
12028   } else {
12029     // Not a bitfield.
12030 
12031     // validate II.
12032 
12033   }
12034   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12035     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12036     D.setInvalidType();
12037   }
12038   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12039   // than a variably modified type.
12040   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12041     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12042     D.setInvalidType();
12043   }
12044 
12045   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12046   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12047     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12048                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12049   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12050   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12051   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12052     return nullptr;
12053   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12054   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12055       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12056     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12057     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12058       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12059       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12060     }
12061     else
12062       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12063   } else {
12064     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12065         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12066       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12067         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12068         return nullptr;
12069       }
12070     }
12071     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12072   }
12073 
12074   // Construct the decl.
12075   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12076                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12077                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12078 
12079   if (II) {
12080     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12081                                            ForRedeclaration);
12082     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12083         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12084       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12085       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12086       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12087     }
12088   }
12089 
12090   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12091   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12092 
12093   if (D.isInvalidType())
12094     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12095 
12096   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12097   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12098     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12099 
12100   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12101     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12102 
12103   if (II) {
12104     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12105     // these to the interface.
12106     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12107     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12108   }
12109 
12110   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12111       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12112     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12113 
12114   return NewID;
12115 }
12116 
12117 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12118 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12119 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12120 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12121 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12122                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12123   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12124     return;
12125 
12126   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12127   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12128 
12129   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12130     return;
12131   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12132   if (!ID) {
12133     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12134       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12135         return;
12136     }
12137     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12138     else
12139       return;
12140   }
12141   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12142   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12143   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12144 
12145   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12146                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12147                               Context.CharTy,
12148                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12149                                                                DeclLoc),
12150                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12151                               true);
12152   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12153 }
12154 
12155 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12156                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12157                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12158   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12159 
12160   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12161   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12162   // it will now change.
12163   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12164     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12165     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12166     default: break;
12167     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12168       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12169       break;
12170     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12171       Context.
12172         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12173       break;
12174     }
12175   }
12176 
12177   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12178 
12179   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12180   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12181   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12182   if (Record) {
12183     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12184       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12185         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12186           ++NumNamedMembers;
12187     }
12188   }
12189 
12190   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12191   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12192 
12193   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12194   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12195        i != end; ++i) {
12196     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12197 
12198     // Get the type for the field.
12199     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12200 
12201     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12202       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12203       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12204     }
12205 
12206     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12207     // diagnostics about it.
12208     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12209       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12210       continue;
12211     }
12212 
12213     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12214     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12215     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12216     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12217     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12218     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12219     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12220     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12221     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12222     //   array.
12223     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12224       // Field declared as a function.
12225       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12226         << FD->getDeclName();
12227       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12228       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12229       continue;
12230     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12231                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12232                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12233                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12234                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12235       // Flexible array member.
12236       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12237       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12238       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12239       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12240       if (Record->isUnion())
12241         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12242                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12243                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12244                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12245                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12246       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12247         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12248                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12249                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12250                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12251                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12252                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12253                                  : 0;
12254 
12255       if (DiagID)
12256         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12257                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12258       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12259       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12260       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12261       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12262       // of the type.
12263       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12264         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12265           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12266             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12267       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12268         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12269           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12270 
12271       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12272       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12273       //
12274       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12275       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12276       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12277       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12278         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12279           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12280         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12281         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12282         continue;
12283       }
12284       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12285       if (Record)
12286         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12287     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12288                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12289                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12290       // Incomplete type
12291       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12292       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12293       continue;
12294     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12295       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12296         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
12297         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
12298           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12299         } else {
12300           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12301           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12302           // structures.
12303           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12304             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12305               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12306           else {
12307             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12308             // other structs as an extension.
12309             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12310               << FD->getDeclName();
12311             if (Record)
12312               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12313           }
12314         }
12315       }
12316       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12317           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12318                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12319                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12320         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12321         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12322       }
12323       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12324         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12325       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12326         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12327     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12328       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12329       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12330         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12331       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12332       FD->setType(T);
12333     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12334                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12335       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12336       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12337       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12338       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12339       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12340       QualType T = FD->getType();
12341       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12342       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12343         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12344         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12345           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12346             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12347                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12348                               loc));
12349           }
12350         } else {
12351           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12352             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12353         }
12354         ARCErrReported = true;
12355       }
12356     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12357                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12358                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12359       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12360           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12361         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12362       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12363         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12364         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12365             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12366           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12367         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12368                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12369                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12370       }
12371     }
12372     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12373       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12374     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12375     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12376       ++NumNamedMembers;
12377   }
12378 
12379   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12380   if (Record) {
12381     bool Completed = false;
12382     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12383       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12384         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12385         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12386                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12387                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12388           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12389 
12390         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12391           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12392             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12393             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12394               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12395                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12396           }
12397 
12398           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12399           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12400 
12401           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12402           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12403           // problem now.
12404           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12405             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12406             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12407 
12408             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12409                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12410                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12411               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12412                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12413                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12414                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12415                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12416                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12417                   continue;
12418 
12419                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12420                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12421                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12422                 //   program is ill-formed.
12423                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12424                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12425                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12426                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12427                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12428                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12429                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12430                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12431                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12432                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12433 
12434                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12435               }
12436             }
12437             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12438             Completed = true;
12439           }
12440         }
12441       }
12442     }
12443 
12444     if (!Completed)
12445       Record->completeDefinition();
12446 
12447     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12448       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12449 
12450       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12451         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12452                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12453                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12454     }
12455 
12456     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12457     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12458     // compatibility problems.
12459     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12460     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12461       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12462     } else {
12463       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12464       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12465       CheckForZeroSize =
12466           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12467           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12468           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12469     }
12470     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12471       bool ZeroSize = true;
12472       bool IsEmpty = true;
12473       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12474       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12475                                       E = Record->field_end();
12476            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12477         IsEmpty = false;
12478         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12479           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12480             ZeroSize = false;
12481         } else {
12482           ++NonBitFields;
12483           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12484           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12485               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12486             ZeroSize = false;
12487         }
12488       }
12489 
12490       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12491       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12492       // extern "C" block.
12493       if (ZeroSize) {
12494         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12495                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12496                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12497           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12498       }
12499 
12500       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12501       // but are accepted by GCC.
12502       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12503         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12504                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12505           << Record->isUnion();
12506       }
12507     }
12508   } else {
12509     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12510       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12511     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12512       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12513       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12514       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12515         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12516         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12517       }
12518       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12519       // duplicates.
12520       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12521         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12522     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12523                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12524       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12525       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12526         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12527         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12528         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12529       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12530       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12531       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12532     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12533                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12534       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12535       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12536       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12537       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12538       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12539       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12540       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12541       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12542         if (IDecl) {
12543           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12544               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12545             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12546                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12547             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12548             continue;
12549           }
12550           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12551             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12552                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12553               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12554                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12555               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12556               continue;
12557             }
12558           }
12559         }
12560         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12561         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12562       }
12563       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12564       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12565     }
12566   }
12567 
12568   if (Attr)
12569     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12570 }
12571 
12572 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12573 /// the given type T.
12574 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12575                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12576                                         QualType T) {
12577   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12578   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12579 
12580   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12581     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12582       --BitWidth;
12583     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12584   }
12585   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12586 }
12587 
12588 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12589 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12590 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12591   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12592   // enum checking below.
12593   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12594   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12595   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12596     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12597   };
12598   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12599     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12600     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12601   };
12602 
12603   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12604   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12605                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12606   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12607     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12608       return Types[I];
12609 
12610   return QualType();
12611 }
12612 
12613 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12614                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12615                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12616                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12617                                           Expr *Val) {
12618   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12619   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12620   QualType EltTy;
12621 
12622   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12623     Val = nullptr;
12624 
12625   if (Val)
12626     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
12627 
12628   if (Val) {
12629     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12630       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12631     else {
12632       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12633       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12634           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12635         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12636         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12637         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12638         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12639         ExprResult Converted =
12640           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12641                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12642         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12643           Val = nullptr;
12644         else
12645           Val = Converted.get();
12646       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12647                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12648                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
12649         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12650       } else {
12651         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12652           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12653 
12654           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12655           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12656           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12657           // expression checking.
12658           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12659             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12660               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12661               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12662             } else
12663               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12664           } else
12665             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12666         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12667           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12668           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12669           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12670           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12671           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12672           EltTy = Val->getType();
12673         } else {
12674           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12675           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12676           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12677           //   representable as an int.
12678 
12679           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12680           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12681             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12682               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12683               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12684           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12685             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12686             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12687           }
12688           EltTy = Val->getType();
12689         }
12690       }
12691     }
12692   }
12693 
12694   if (!Val) {
12695     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12696       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12697     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12698       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12699       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12700       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12701       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12702       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12703       //
12704       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12705       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12706       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12707         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12708       }
12709       else {
12710         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12711       }
12712     } else {
12713       // Assign the last value + 1.
12714       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12715       ++EnumVal;
12716       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12717 
12718       // Check for overflow on increment.
12719       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12720         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12721         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12722         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12723         //
12724         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12725         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12726         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12727         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12728         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12729         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12730         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12731         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12732           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12733           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12734           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12735           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12736           ++EnumVal;
12737           if (Enum->isFixed())
12738             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12739             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12740               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12741               << EltTy;
12742           else
12743             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
12744               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12745         } else {
12746           EltTy = T;
12747         }
12748 
12749         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12750         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12751         // value, then increment.
12752         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12753         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12754         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12755         ++EnumVal;
12756 
12757         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12758         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12759         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12760         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12761         // integral type.
12762         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12763           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12764       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12765                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12766         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12767         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12768           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12769       }
12770     }
12771   }
12772 
12773   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12774     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12775     // enumerator's type.
12776     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12777     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12778   }
12779 
12780   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12781                                   Val, EnumVal);
12782 }
12783 
12784 
12785 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12786                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12787                               AttributeList *Attr,
12788                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12789   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12790   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12791     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12792 
12793   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12794   // we find one that is.
12795   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12796 
12797   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12798   // scope.
12799   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12800                                          ForRedeclaration);
12801   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12802     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12803     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12804     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12805     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12806   }
12807 
12808   if (PrevDecl) {
12809     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12810     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12811     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12812            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12813     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12814       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12815         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12816       else
12817         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12818       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12819       return nullptr;
12820     }
12821   }
12822 
12823   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12824   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12825   // different from T:
12826   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12827   // enumerated type
12828   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12829                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12830                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12831     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12832         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12833       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12834 
12835   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12836     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12837 
12838   if (New) {
12839     // Process attributes.
12840     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12841 
12842     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12843     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12844     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12845   }
12846 
12847   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12848 
12849   return New;
12850 }
12851 
12852 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12853 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12854 // Element2 = Element1
12855 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12856 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12857 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12858 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12859   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12860   if (!InitExpr)
12861     return true;
12862   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12863 
12864   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12865     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12866       return true;
12867     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12868     if (!IL)
12869       return true;
12870     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12871       return true;
12872 
12873     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12874   }
12875 
12876   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12877   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12878   if (!DRE)
12879     return true;
12880 
12881   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12882   if (!EnumConstant)
12883     return true;
12884 
12885   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12886       Enum)
12887     return true;
12888 
12889   return false;
12890 }
12891 
12892 struct DupKey {
12893   int64_t val;
12894   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12895   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12896     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12897 };
12898 
12899 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12900   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12901                 false);
12902 }
12903 
12904 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12905   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12906   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12907   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12908     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12909   }
12910   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12911     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12912            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12913   }
12914 };
12915 
12916 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12917 // a previous element has already been set to.
12918 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12919                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12920                                         QualType EnumType) {
12921   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
12922     return;
12923   // Avoid anonymous enums
12924   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12925     return;
12926 
12927   // Only check for small enums.
12928   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12929     return;
12930 
12931   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12932   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12933 
12934   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12935   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12936           ValueToVectorMap;
12937 
12938   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12939   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12940 
12941   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12942   // an initialier.
12943   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12944     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12945 
12946     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12947     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12948     if (!ECD) {
12949       return;
12950     }
12951 
12952     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12953       continue;
12954 
12955     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12956     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12957 
12958     // First time encountering this value.
12959     if (Entry.isNull())
12960       Entry = ECD;
12961   }
12962 
12963   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12964   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12965     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12966     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12967       continue;
12968 
12969     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12970 
12971     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12972     if (Entry.isNull())
12973       continue;
12974 
12975     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12976       // Ensure constants are different.
12977       if (D == ECD)
12978         continue;
12979 
12980       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12981       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12982       Vec->push_back(D);
12983       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12984 
12985       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12986       Entry = Vec;
12987 
12988       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12989       // diagnostics.
12990       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12991       continue;
12992     }
12993 
12994     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12995     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12996     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12997       continue;
12998 
12999     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13000   }
13001 
13002   // Emit diagnostics.
13003   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13004                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13005        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13006     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13007     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13008 
13009     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13010     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13011     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13012       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13013       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13014     ++I;
13015 
13016     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13017     // the same value.
13018     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13019       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13020         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13021         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13022     delete Vec;
13023   }
13024 }
13025 
13026 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13027                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13028                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13029                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13030   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13031   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13032 
13033   if (Attr)
13034     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13035 
13036   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13037     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13038       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13039         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13040       if (!ECD) continue;
13041 
13042       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13043     }
13044 
13045     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13046     return;
13047   }
13048 
13049   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13050   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13051   // emit a warning.
13052   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13053   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13054   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13055 
13056   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13057   // reverse the list.
13058   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13059   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13060 
13061   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13062   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13063 
13064   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13065     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13066       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13067     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13068 
13069     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13070 
13071     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13072     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13073       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13074                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13075     else
13076       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13077                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13078 
13079     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13080     if (AllElementsInt)
13081       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13082   }
13083 
13084   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13085   QualType BestType;
13086   unsigned BestWidth;
13087 
13088   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13089   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13090   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13091   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13092   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13093   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13094   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13095   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13096   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13097   QualType BestPromotionType;
13098 
13099   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13100   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13101   // enum definitions.
13102   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13103     Packed = true;
13104 
13105   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13106     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13107     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13108       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13109     else
13110       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13111     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
13112     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
13113     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
13114     BestWidth = CharWidth;
13115   }
13116   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13117     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13118     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13119     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13120     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13121       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13122       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13123     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13124                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13125       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13126       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13127     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13128       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13129       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13130     } else {
13131       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13132 
13133       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13134         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13135       } else {
13136         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13137 
13138         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13139           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13140         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13141       }
13142     }
13143     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13144   } else {
13145     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13146     // all of the enumerator values.
13147     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13148     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13149       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13150       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13151       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13152     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13153       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13154       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13155       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13156     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13157       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13158       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13159       BestPromotionType
13160         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13161                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13162     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13163                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13164       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13165       BestPromotionType
13166         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13167                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13168     } else {
13169       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13170       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13171              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13172       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13173       BestPromotionType
13174         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13175                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13176     }
13177   }
13178 
13179   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13180   // the type of the enum if needed.
13181   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13182     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13183     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13184 
13185     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13186     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13187     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13188     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13189     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13190 
13191     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13192     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13193 
13194     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13195     // the enum decl type.
13196     QualType NewTy;
13197     unsigned NewWidth;
13198     bool NewSign;
13199     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13200         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13201         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13202       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13203       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13204       NewSign = true;
13205     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13206       // Already the right type!
13207       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13208         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13209         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13210         // enumeration.
13211         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13212       continue;
13213     } else {
13214       NewTy = BestType;
13215       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13216       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13217     }
13218 
13219     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13220     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13221     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13222     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13223 
13224     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13225     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13226         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13227       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13228                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13229                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13230                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13231                                                 VK_RValue));
13232     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13233       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13234       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13235       // enumeration.
13236       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13237     else
13238       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13239   }
13240 
13241   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13242                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13243 
13244   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13245 
13246   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13247   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13248     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13249 }
13250 
13251 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13252                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13253                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13254   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13255 
13256   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13257                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13258                                                    EndLoc);
13259   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13260   return New;
13261 }
13262 
13263 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13264                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13265                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13266   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13267     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13268     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13269       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13270         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13271           << M->getFullModuleName();
13272         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13273         return;
13274       }
13275       break;
13276     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13277       break;
13278     }
13279     DC = LSD->getParent();
13280   }
13281 
13282   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13283     DC = DC->getParent();
13284   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13285     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13286       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13287     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13288            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13289       << DC;
13290   }
13291 }
13292 
13293 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13294                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13295                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13296   Module *Mod =
13297       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13298                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13299   if (!Mod)
13300     return true;
13301 
13302   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13303 
13304   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13305   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13306   // silently ignoring the import.
13307   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13308     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13309         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13310 
13311   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13312   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13313   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13314     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13315     // We need the length to be consistent.
13316     if (!ModCheck)
13317       break;
13318     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13319 
13320     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13321   }
13322 
13323   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13324                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13325                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13326                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13327   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13328   return Import;
13329 }
13330 
13331 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13332   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13333 
13334   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13335   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13336                                       /*Complain=*/true);
13337 }
13338 
13339 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
13340                                                       Module *Mod) {
13341   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
13342   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
13343     return;
13344 
13345   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13346   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13347   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13348                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13349   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13350   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13351 
13352   // Make the module visible.
13353   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13354                                       /*Complain=*/false);
13355 }
13356 
13357 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13358                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13359                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13360                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13361                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13362   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13363                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13364   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13365                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13366 
13367   if (PrevDecl)
13368     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13369   else
13370     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13371       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13372 }
13373 
13374 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13375                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13376                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13377   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13378 
13379   if (PrevDecl) {
13380     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13381   } else {
13382     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13383       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13384         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
13385   }
13386 }
13387 
13388 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13389                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13390                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13391                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13392                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13393   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13394                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13395   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13396 
13397   if (PrevDecl) {
13398     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13399       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13400         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13401   } else {
13402     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13403       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13404   }
13405 }
13406 
13407 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13408   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13409 }
13410 
13411 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13412   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13413   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13414   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13415   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13416   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13417   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13418   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13419     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13420     if (R != AR_Available)
13421       return R;
13422     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13423   }
13424   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13425   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13426   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13427             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13428     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13429   }
13430   return D->getAvailability();
13431 }
13432